blob: a4c5fbb481521e2b632483c54210e2213fe85d25 [file] [log] [blame]
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001:mod:`os` --- Miscellaneous operating system interfaces
2=======================================================
3
4.. module:: os
5 :synopsis: Miscellaneous operating system interfaces.
6
Terry Jan Reedyfa089b92016-06-11 15:02:54 -04007**Source code:** :source:`Lib/os.py`
8
9--------------
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000010
Christian Heimesa62da1d2008-01-12 19:39:10 +000011This module provides a portable way of using operating system dependent
12functionality. If you just want to read or write a file see :func:`open`, if
13you want to manipulate paths, see the :mod:`os.path` module, and if you want to
14read all the lines in all the files on the command line see the :mod:`fileinput`
15module. For creating temporary files and directories see the :mod:`tempfile`
16module, and for high-level file and directory handling see the :mod:`shutil`
17module.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000018
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000019Notes on the availability of these functions:
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000020
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000021* The design of all built-in operating system dependent modules of Python is
22 such that as long as the same functionality is available, it uses the same
23 interface; for example, the function ``os.stat(path)`` returns stat
24 information about *path* in the same format (which happens to have originated
25 with the POSIX interface).
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000026
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000027* Extensions peculiar to a particular operating system are also available
28 through the :mod:`os` module, but using them is of course a threat to
29 portability.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000030
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000031* All functions accepting path or file names accept both bytes and string
32 objects, and result in an object of the same type, if a path or file name is
33 returned.
Georg Brandl76e55382008-10-08 16:34:57 +000034
pxinwrf2d7ac72019-05-21 18:46:37 +080035* On VxWorks, os.fork, os.execv and os.spawn*p* are not supported.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +000036
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +000037.. note::
38
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +020039 All functions in this module raise :exc:`OSError` (or subclasses thereof) in
40 the case of invalid or inaccessible file names and paths, or other arguments
41 that have the correct type, but are not accepted by the operating system.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000042
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000043.. exception:: error
44
Christian Heimesa62da1d2008-01-12 19:39:10 +000045 An alias for the built-in :exc:`OSError` exception.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000046
47
48.. data:: name
49
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000050 The name of the operating system dependent module imported. The following
Ned Deily5c867012014-06-26 23:40:06 -070051 names have currently been registered: ``'posix'``, ``'nt'``,
Larry Hastings10108a72016-09-05 15:11:23 -070052 ``'java'``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000053
Antoine Pitroua83cdaa2011-07-09 15:54:23 +020054 .. seealso::
55 :attr:`sys.platform` has a finer granularity. :func:`os.uname` gives
56 system-dependent version information.
57
58 The :mod:`platform` module provides detailed checks for the
59 system's identity.
60
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000061
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000062.. _os-filenames:
Victor Stinner6bfd8542014-06-19 12:50:27 +020063.. _filesystem-encoding:
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000064
65File Names, Command Line Arguments, and Environment Variables
66-------------------------------------------------------------
67
Georg Brandl67b21b72010-08-17 15:07:14 +000068In Python, file names, command line arguments, and environment variables are
69represented using the string type. On some systems, decoding these strings to
70and from bytes is necessary before passing them to the operating system. Python
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +010071uses the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler` to perform this
72conversion (see :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`).
73
74The :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler` are configured at Python
75startup by the :c:func:`PyConfig_Read` function: see
76:c:member:`~PyConfig.filesystem_encoding` and
77:c:member:`~PyConfig.filesystem_errors` members of :c:type:`PyConfig`.
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000078
79.. versionchanged:: 3.1
Georg Brandl67b21b72010-08-17 15:07:14 +000080 On some systems, conversion using the file system encoding may fail. In this
Victor Stinnerf6a271a2014-08-01 12:28:48 +020081 case, Python uses the :ref:`surrogateescape encoding error handler
82 <surrogateescape>`, which means that undecodable bytes are replaced by a
83 Unicode character U+DCxx on decoding, and these are again translated to the
84 original byte on encoding.
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000085
86
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +010087The :term:`file system encoding <filesystem encoding and error handler>` must
88guarantee to successfully decode all bytes below 128. If the file system
89encoding fails to provide this guarantee, API functions can raise
90:exc:`UnicodeError`.
91
92See also the :term:`locale encoding`.
93
94
95.. _utf8-mode:
96
97Python UTF-8 Mode
98-----------------
99
100.. versionadded:: 3.7
101 See :pep:`540` for more details.
102
103The Python UTF-8 Mode ignores the :term:`locale encoding` and forces the usage
104of the UTF-8 encoding:
105
106* Use UTF-8 as the :term:`filesystem encoding <filesystem encoding and error
107 handler>`.
108* :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding()` returns ``'UTF-8'``.
109* :func:`locale.getpreferredencoding()` returns ``'UTF-8'`` (the *do_setlocale*
110 argument has no effect).
111* :data:`sys.stdin`, :data:`sys.stdout`, and :data:`sys.stderr` all use
112 UTF-8 as their text encoding, with the ``surrogateescape``
113 :ref:`error handler <error-handlers>` being enabled for :data:`sys.stdin`
114 and :data:`sys.stdout` (:data:`sys.stderr` continues to use
115 ``backslashreplace`` as it does in the default locale-aware mode)
Victor Stinner35297182020-11-04 11:20:10 +0100116* On Unix, :func:`os.device_encoding` returns ``'UTF-8'``. rather than the
117 device encoding.
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +0100118
119Note that the standard stream settings in UTF-8 mode can be overridden by
120:envvar:`PYTHONIOENCODING` (just as they can be in the default locale-aware
121mode).
122
123As a consequence of the changes in those lower level APIs, other higher
124level APIs also exhibit different default behaviours:
125
126* Command line arguments, environment variables and filenames are decoded
127 to text using the UTF-8 encoding.
128* :func:`os.fsdecode()` and :func:`os.fsencode()` use the UTF-8 encoding.
129* :func:`open()`, :func:`io.open()`, and :func:`codecs.open()` use the UTF-8
130 encoding by default. However, they still use the strict error handler by
131 default so that attempting to open a binary file in text mode is likely
132 to raise an exception rather than producing nonsense data.
133
134The :ref:`Python UTF-8 Mode <utf8-mode>` is enabled if the LC_CTYPE locale is
135``C`` or ``POSIX`` at Python startup (see the :c:func:`PyConfig_Read`
136function).
137
138It can be enabled or disabled using the :option:`-X utf8 <-X>` command line
139option and the :envvar:`PYTHONUTF8` environment variable.
140
141If the :envvar:`PYTHONUTF8` environment variable is not set at all, then the
142interpreter defaults to using the current locale settings, *unless* the current
143locale is identified as a legacy ASCII-based locale (as described for
144:envvar:`PYTHONCOERCECLOCALE`), and locale coercion is either disabled or
145fails. In such legacy locales, the interpreter will default to enabling UTF-8
146mode unless explicitly instructed not to do so.
147
148The Python UTF-8 Mode can only be enabled at the Python startup. Its value
149can be read from :data:`sys.flags.utf8_mode <sys.flags>`.
150
151See also the :ref:`UTF-8 mode on Windows <win-utf8-mode>`
152and the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`.
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +0000153
154
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000155.. _os-procinfo:
156
157Process Parameters
158------------------
159
160These functions and data items provide information and operate on the current
161process and user.
162
163
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200164.. function:: ctermid()
165
166 Return the filename corresponding to the controlling terminal of the process.
167
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400168 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200169
170
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000171.. data:: environ
172
Chris Jerdonek11f3f172012-11-03 12:05:55 -0700173 A :term:`mapping` object representing the string environment. For example,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000174 ``environ['HOME']`` is the pathname of your home directory (on some platforms),
175 and is equivalent to ``getenv("HOME")`` in C.
176
177 This mapping is captured the first time the :mod:`os` module is imported,
178 typically during Python startup as part of processing :file:`site.py`. Changes
179 to the environment made after this time are not reflected in ``os.environ``,
180 except for changes made by modifying ``os.environ`` directly.
181
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100182 This mapping may be used to modify the environment as well as query the
183 environment. :func:`putenv` will be called automatically when the mapping
184 is modified.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000185
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000186 On Unix, keys and values use :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding` and
187 ``'surrogateescape'`` error handler. Use :data:`environb` if you would like
188 to use a different encoding.
189
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000190 .. note::
191
192 Calling :func:`putenv` directly does not change ``os.environ``, so it's better
193 to modify ``os.environ``.
194
195 .. note::
196
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000197 On some platforms, including FreeBSD and Mac OS X, setting ``environ`` may
198 cause memory leaks. Refer to the system documentation for
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000199 :c:func:`putenv`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000200
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100201 You can delete items in this mapping to unset environment variables.
202 :func:`unsetenv` will be called automatically when an item is deleted from
203 ``os.environ``, and when one of the :meth:`pop` or :meth:`clear` methods is
204 called.
Georg Brandl9afde1c2007-11-01 20:32:30 +0000205
Charles Burklandd648ef12020-03-13 09:04:43 -0700206 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
207 Updated to support :pep:`584`'s merge (``|``) and update (``|=``) operators.
208
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000209
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000210.. data:: environb
211
Chris Jerdonek11f3f172012-11-03 12:05:55 -0700212 Bytes version of :data:`environ`: a :term:`mapping` object representing the
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000213 environment as byte strings. :data:`environ` and :data:`environb` are
214 synchronized (modify :data:`environb` updates :data:`environ`, and vice
215 versa).
216
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000217 :data:`environb` is only available if :data:`supports_bytes_environ` is
Serhiy Storchaka138ccbb2019-11-12 16:57:03 +0200218 ``True``.
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000219
Benjamin Peterson662c74f2010-05-06 22:09:03 +0000220 .. versionadded:: 3.2
221
Charles Burklandd648ef12020-03-13 09:04:43 -0700222 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
223 Updated to support :pep:`584`'s merge (``|``) and update (``|=``) operators.
224
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000225
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000226.. function:: chdir(path)
227 fchdir(fd)
228 getcwd()
229 :noindex:
230
231 These functions are described in :ref:`os-file-dir`.
232
233
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000234.. function:: fsencode(filename)
Victor Stinner449c4662010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000235
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +0100236 Encode :term:`path-like <path-like object>` *filename* to the
237 :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`; return :class:`bytes`
238 unchanged.
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000239
Antoine Pitroua305ca72010-09-25 22:12:00 +0000240 :func:`fsdecode` is the reverse function.
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000241
242 .. versionadded:: 3.2
243
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700244 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Brett Cannonc78ca1e2016-06-24 12:03:43 -0700245 Support added to accept objects implementing the :class:`os.PathLike`
246 interface.
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700247
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000248
249.. function:: fsdecode(filename)
250
Brett Cannonc28592b2016-06-24 12:21:47 -0700251 Decode the :term:`path-like <path-like object>` *filename* from the
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +0100252 :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`; return :class:`str`
253 unchanged.
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000254
255 :func:`fsencode` is the reverse function.
Victor Stinner449c4662010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000256
257 .. versionadded:: 3.2
258
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700259 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Brett Cannonc78ca1e2016-06-24 12:03:43 -0700260 Support added to accept objects implementing the :class:`os.PathLike`
261 interface.
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700262
Victor Stinner449c4662010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000263
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700264.. function:: fspath(path)
265
Brett Cannon0fa1aa12016-06-09 14:37:06 -0700266 Return the file system representation of the path.
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700267
Brett Cannonc78ca1e2016-06-24 12:03:43 -0700268 If :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` is passed in, it is returned unchanged.
269 Otherwise :meth:`~os.PathLike.__fspath__` is called and its value is
270 returned as long as it is a :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` object.
271 In all other cases, :exc:`TypeError` is raised.
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700272
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700273 .. versionadded:: 3.6
274
275
276.. class:: PathLike
277
278 An :term:`abstract base class` for objects representing a file system path,
279 e.g. :class:`pathlib.PurePath`.
280
Berker Peksagb18ffb42016-06-10 08:43:54 +0300281 .. versionadded:: 3.6
282
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700283 .. abstractmethod:: __fspath__()
284
285 Return the file system path representation of the object.
286
287 The method should only return a :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` object,
288 with the preference being for :class:`str`.
289
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700290
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200291.. function:: getenv(key, default=None)
292
293 Return the value of the environment variable *key* if it exists, or
294 *default* if it doesn't. *key*, *default* and the result are str.
295
296 On Unix, keys and values are decoded with :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`
297 and ``'surrogateescape'`` error handler. Use :func:`os.getenvb` if you
298 would like to use a different encoding.
299
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400300 .. availability:: most flavors of Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200301
302
303.. function:: getenvb(key, default=None)
304
305 Return the value of the environment variable *key* if it exists, or
306 *default* if it doesn't. *key*, *default* and the result are bytes.
307
Berker Peksag996e5f92016-09-26 22:44:07 +0300308 :func:`getenvb` is only available if :data:`supports_bytes_environ`
Serhiy Storchaka138ccbb2019-11-12 16:57:03 +0200309 is ``True``.
Berker Peksag996e5f92016-09-26 22:44:07 +0300310
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400311 .. availability:: most flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200312
313 .. versionadded:: 3.2
314
315
Gregory P. Smithb6e8c7e2010-02-27 07:22:22 +0000316.. function:: get_exec_path(env=None)
317
318 Returns the list of directories that will be searched for a named
319 executable, similar to a shell, when launching a process.
320 *env*, when specified, should be an environment variable dictionary
321 to lookup the PATH in.
Serhiy Storchakaecf41da2016-10-19 16:29:26 +0300322 By default, when *env* is ``None``, :data:`environ` is used.
Gregory P. Smithb6e8c7e2010-02-27 07:22:22 +0000323
324 .. versionadded:: 3.2
325
326
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000327.. function:: getegid()
328
329 Return the effective group id of the current process. This corresponds to the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000330 "set id" bit on the file being executed in the current process.
331
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400332 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000333
334
335.. function:: geteuid()
336
337 .. index:: single: user; effective id
338
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000339 Return the current process's effective user id.
340
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400341 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000342
343
344.. function:: getgid()
345
346 .. index:: single: process; group
347
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000348 Return the real group id of the current process.
349
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400350 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000351
352
Ross Lagerwallb0ae53d2011-06-10 07:30:30 +0200353.. function:: getgrouplist(user, group)
354
355 Return list of group ids that *user* belongs to. If *group* is not in the
356 list, it is included; typically, *group* is specified as the group ID
357 field from the password record for *user*.
358
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400359 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwallb0ae53d2011-06-10 07:30:30 +0200360
361 .. versionadded:: 3.3
362
363
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000364.. function:: getgroups()
365
366 Return list of supplemental group ids associated with the current process.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000367
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400368 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000369
Larry Hastings3732ed22014-03-15 21:13:56 -0700370 .. note::
371
372 On Mac OS X, :func:`getgroups` behavior differs somewhat from
Ned Deily2e209682012-04-30 11:14:02 -0700373 other Unix platforms. If the Python interpreter was built with a
374 deployment target of :const:`10.5` or earlier, :func:`getgroups` returns
375 the list of effective group ids associated with the current user process;
376 this list is limited to a system-defined number of entries, typically 16,
377 and may be modified by calls to :func:`setgroups` if suitably privileged.
378 If built with a deployment target greater than :const:`10.5`,
379 :func:`getgroups` returns the current group access list for the user
380 associated with the effective user id of the process; the group access
381 list may change over the lifetime of the process, it is not affected by
382 calls to :func:`setgroups`, and its length is not limited to 16. The
383 deployment target value, :const:`MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET`, can be
384 obtained with :func:`sysconfig.get_config_var`.
385
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000386
387.. function:: getlogin()
388
389 Return the name of the user logged in on the controlling terminal of the
Barry Warsawd4990312018-01-24 12:51:29 -0500390 process. For most purposes, it is more useful to use
391 :func:`getpass.getuser` since the latter checks the environment variables
392 :envvar:`LOGNAME` or :envvar:`USERNAME` to find out who the user is, and
393 falls back to ``pwd.getpwuid(os.getuid())[0]`` to get the login name of the
394 current real user id.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000395
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400396 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000397
398
399.. function:: getpgid(pid)
400
401 Return the process group id of the process with process id *pid*. If *pid* is 0,
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000402 the process group id of the current process is returned.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000403
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400404 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000405
406.. function:: getpgrp()
407
408 .. index:: single: process; group
409
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000410 Return the id of the current process group.
411
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400412 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000413
414
415.. function:: getpid()
416
417 .. index:: single: process; id
418
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000419 Return the current process id.
420
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000421
422.. function:: getppid()
423
424 .. index:: single: process; id of parent
425
Amaury Forgeot d'Arc4b6fdf32010-09-07 21:31:17 +0000426 Return the parent's process id. When the parent process has exited, on Unix
427 the id returned is the one of the init process (1), on Windows it is still
428 the same id, which may be already reused by another process.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000429
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400430 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000431
Amaury Forgeot d'Arc4b6fdf32010-09-07 21:31:17 +0000432 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
433 Added support for Windows.
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000434
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200435
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000436.. function:: getpriority(which, who)
437
438 .. index:: single: process; scheduling priority
439
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200440 Get program scheduling priority. The value *which* is one of
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000441 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, or :const:`PRIO_USER`, and *who*
442 is interpreted relative to *which* (a process identifier for
443 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, process group identifier for :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, and a
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200444 user ID for :const:`PRIO_USER`). A zero value for *who* denotes
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000445 (respectively) the calling process, the process group of the calling process,
446 or the real user ID of the calling process.
447
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400448 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000449
450 .. versionadded:: 3.3
451
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200452
453.. data:: PRIO_PROCESS
454 PRIO_PGRP
455 PRIO_USER
456
457 Parameters for the :func:`getpriority` and :func:`setpriority` functions.
458
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400459 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200460
461 .. versionadded:: 3.3
462
463
Gregory P. Smithcf02c6a2009-11-27 17:54:17 +0000464.. function:: getresuid()
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000465
466 Return a tuple (ruid, euid, suid) denoting the current process's
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000467 real, effective, and saved user ids.
468
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400469 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000470
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000471 .. versionadded:: 3.2
472
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000473
Gregory P. Smithcf02c6a2009-11-27 17:54:17 +0000474.. function:: getresgid()
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000475
476 Return a tuple (rgid, egid, sgid) denoting the current process's
Georg Brandla9b51d22010-09-05 17:07:12 +0000477 real, effective, and saved group ids.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000478
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400479 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000480
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000481 .. versionadded:: 3.2
482
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000483
484.. function:: getuid()
485
486 .. index:: single: user; id
487
Benjamin Peterson4bb09c82014-06-07 13:50:34 -0700488 Return the current process's real user id.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000489
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400490 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000491
492
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200493.. function:: initgroups(username, gid)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000494
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200495 Call the system initgroups() to initialize the group access list with all of
496 the groups of which the specified username is a member, plus the specified
497 group id.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000498
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400499 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000500
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200501 .. versionadded:: 3.2
502
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000503
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000504.. function:: putenv(key, value)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000505
506 .. index:: single: environment variables; setting
507
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000508 Set the environment variable named *key* to the string *value*. Such
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000509 changes to the environment affect subprocesses started with :func:`os.system`,
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000510 :func:`popen` or :func:`fork` and :func:`execv`.
511
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100512 Assignments to items in ``os.environ`` are automatically translated into
513 corresponding calls to :func:`putenv`; however, calls to :func:`putenv`
514 don't update ``os.environ``, so it is actually preferable to assign to items
515 of ``os.environ``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000516
517 .. note::
518
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000519 On some platforms, including FreeBSD and Mac OS X, setting ``environ`` may
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100520 cause memory leaks. Refer to the system documentation for :c:func:`putenv`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000521
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800522 .. audit-event:: os.putenv key,value os.putenv
523
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100524 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
525 The function is now always available.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000526
527
528.. function:: setegid(egid)
529
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000530 Set the current process's effective group id.
531
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400532 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000533
534
535.. function:: seteuid(euid)
536
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000537 Set the current process's effective user id.
538
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400539 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000540
541
542.. function:: setgid(gid)
543
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000544 Set the current process' group id.
545
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400546 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000547
548
549.. function:: setgroups(groups)
550
551 Set the list of supplemental group ids associated with the current process to
552 *groups*. *groups* must be a sequence, and each element must be an integer
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000553 identifying a group. This operation is typically available only to the superuser.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000554
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400555 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000556
Ned Deily2e209682012-04-30 11:14:02 -0700557 .. note:: On Mac OS X, the length of *groups* may not exceed the
558 system-defined maximum number of effective group ids, typically 16.
559 See the documentation for :func:`getgroups` for cases where it may not
560 return the same group list set by calling setgroups().
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000561
562.. function:: setpgrp()
563
Andrew Svetlova2fe3342012-08-11 21:14:08 +0300564 Call the system call :c:func:`setpgrp` or ``setpgrp(0, 0)`` depending on
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000565 which version is implemented (if any). See the Unix manual for the semantics.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000566
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400567 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000568
569
570.. function:: setpgid(pid, pgrp)
571
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000572 Call the system call :c:func:`setpgid` to set the process group id of the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000573 process with id *pid* to the process group with id *pgrp*. See the Unix manual
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000574 for the semantics.
575
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400576 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000577
578
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000579.. function:: setpriority(which, who, priority)
580
581 .. index:: single: process; scheduling priority
582
583 Set program scheduling priority. The value *which* is one of
584 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, or :const:`PRIO_USER`, and *who*
585 is interpreted relative to *which* (a process identifier for
586 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, process group identifier for :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, and a
587 user ID for :const:`PRIO_USER`). A zero value for *who* denotes
588 (respectively) the calling process, the process group of the calling process,
589 or the real user ID of the calling process.
590 *priority* is a value in the range -20 to 19. The default priority is 0;
591 lower priorities cause more favorable scheduling.
592
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400593 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000594
595 .. versionadded:: 3.3
596
597
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000598.. function:: setregid(rgid, egid)
599
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000600 Set the current process's real and effective group ids.
601
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400602 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000603
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000604
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000605.. function:: setresgid(rgid, egid, sgid)
606
607 Set the current process's real, effective, and saved group ids.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000608
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400609 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000610
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000611 .. versionadded:: 3.2
612
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000613
614.. function:: setresuid(ruid, euid, suid)
615
616 Set the current process's real, effective, and saved user ids.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000617
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400618 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000619
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000620 .. versionadded:: 3.2
621
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000622
623.. function:: setreuid(ruid, euid)
624
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000625 Set the current process's real and effective user ids.
626
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400627 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000628
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000629
630.. function:: getsid(pid)
631
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000632 Call the system call :c:func:`getsid`. See the Unix manual for the semantics.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000633
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400634 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000635
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000636
637.. function:: setsid()
638
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000639 Call the system call :c:func:`setsid`. See the Unix manual for the semantics.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000640
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400641 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000642
643
644.. function:: setuid(uid)
645
646 .. index:: single: user; id, setting
647
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000648 Set the current process's user id.
649
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400650 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000651
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000652
Christian Heimes5b5e81c2007-12-31 16:14:33 +0000653.. placed in this section since it relates to errno.... a little weak
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000654.. function:: strerror(code)
655
656 Return the error message corresponding to the error code in *code*.
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000657 On platforms where :c:func:`strerror` returns ``NULL`` when given an unknown
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000658 error number, :exc:`ValueError` is raised.
659
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000660
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000661.. data:: supports_bytes_environ
662
Serhiy Storchakafbc1c262013-11-29 12:17:13 +0200663 ``True`` if the native OS type of the environment is bytes (eg. ``False`` on
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000664 Windows).
665
Victor Stinner8fddc9e2010-05-18 17:24:09 +0000666 .. versionadded:: 3.2
667
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000668
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000669.. function:: umask(mask)
670
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000671 Set the current numeric umask and return the previous umask.
672
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000673
674.. function:: uname()
675
676 .. index::
677 single: gethostname() (in module socket)
678 single: gethostbyaddr() (in module socket)
679
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700680 Returns information identifying the current operating system.
681 The return value is an object with five attributes:
682
683 * :attr:`sysname` - operating system name
684 * :attr:`nodename` - name of machine on network (implementation-defined)
685 * :attr:`release` - operating system release
686 * :attr:`version` - operating system version
687 * :attr:`machine` - hardware identifier
688
689 For backwards compatibility, this object is also iterable, behaving
690 like a five-tuple containing :attr:`sysname`, :attr:`nodename`,
691 :attr:`release`, :attr:`version`, and :attr:`machine`
692 in that order.
693
694 Some systems truncate :attr:`nodename` to 8 characters or to the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000695 leading component; a better way to get the hostname is
696 :func:`socket.gethostname` or even
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000697 ``socket.gethostbyaddr(socket.gethostname())``.
698
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400699 .. availability:: recent flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000700
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700701 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
702 Return type changed from a tuple to a tuple-like object
703 with named attributes.
704
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000705
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000706.. function:: unsetenv(key)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000707
708 .. index:: single: environment variables; deleting
709
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000710 Unset (delete) the environment variable named *key*. Such changes to the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000711 environment affect subprocesses started with :func:`os.system`, :func:`popen` or
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000712 :func:`fork` and :func:`execv`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000713
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100714 Deletion of items in ``os.environ`` is automatically translated into a
715 corresponding call to :func:`unsetenv`; however, calls to :func:`unsetenv`
716 don't update ``os.environ``, so it is actually preferable to delete items of
717 ``os.environ``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000718
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800719 .. audit-event:: os.unsetenv key os.unsetenv
720
Victor Stinner161e7b32020-01-24 11:53:44 +0100721 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100722 The function is now always available and is also available on Windows.
Victor Stinner161e7b32020-01-24 11:53:44 +0100723
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000724
725.. _os-newstreams:
726
727File Object Creation
728--------------------
729
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700730These functions create new :term:`file objects <file object>`. (See also
Georg Brandlb2462e22012-06-24 13:24:56 +0200731:func:`~os.open` for opening file descriptors.)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000732
733
Petri Lehtinen1a01ebc2012-05-24 21:44:07 +0300734.. function:: fdopen(fd, *args, **kwargs)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000735
Georg Brandlb2462e22012-06-24 13:24:56 +0200736 Return an open file object connected to the file descriptor *fd*. This is an
737 alias of the :func:`open` built-in function and accepts the same arguments.
738 The only difference is that the first argument of :func:`fdopen` must always
739 be an integer.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000740
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000741
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000742.. _os-fd-ops:
743
744File Descriptor Operations
745--------------------------
746
747These functions operate on I/O streams referenced using file descriptors.
748
749File descriptors are small integers corresponding to a file that has been opened
750by the current process. For example, standard input is usually file descriptor
7510, standard output is 1, and standard error is 2. Further files opened by a
752process will then be assigned 3, 4, 5, and so forth. The name "file descriptor"
753is slightly deceptive; on Unix platforms, sockets and pipes are also referenced
754by file descriptors.
755
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300756The :meth:`~io.IOBase.fileno` method can be used to obtain the file descriptor
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000757associated with a :term:`file object` when required. Note that using the file
Benjamin Peterson08bf91c2010-04-11 16:12:57 +0000758descriptor directly will bypass the file object methods, ignoring aspects such
759as internal buffering of data.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000760
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +0000761
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000762.. function:: close(fd)
763
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000764 Close file descriptor *fd*.
765
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000766 .. note::
767
768 This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000769 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To close a "file
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000770 object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by :func:`popen` or
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300771 :func:`fdopen`, use its :meth:`~io.IOBase.close` method.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000772
773
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000774.. function:: closerange(fd_low, fd_high)
775
776 Close all file descriptors from *fd_low* (inclusive) to *fd_high* (exclusive),
Georg Brandlb1a1ac02012-06-24 11:54:07 +0200777 ignoring errors. Equivalent to (but much faster than)::
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000778
Georg Brandlc9a5a0e2009-09-01 07:34:27 +0000779 for fd in range(fd_low, fd_high):
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000780 try:
781 os.close(fd)
782 except OSError:
783 pass
784
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000785
Pablo Galindoaac4d032019-05-31 19:39:47 +0100786.. function:: copy_file_range(src, dst, count, offset_src=None, offset_dst=None)
787
788 Copy *count* bytes from file descriptor *src*, starting from offset
789 *offset_src*, to file descriptor *dst*, starting from offset *offset_dst*.
790 If *offset_src* is None, then *src* is read from the current position;
791 respectively for *offset_dst*. The files pointed by *src* and *dst*
792 must reside in the same filesystem, otherwise an :exc:`OSError` is
793 raised with :attr:`~OSError.errno` set to :data:`errno.EXDEV`.
794
795 This copy is done without the additional cost of transferring data
796 from the kernel to user space and then back into the kernel. Additionally,
797 some filesystems could implement extra optimizations. The copy is done as if
798 both files are opened as binary.
799
800 The return value is the amount of bytes copied. This could be less than the
801 amount requested.
802
803 .. availability:: Linux kernel >= 4.5 or glibc >= 2.27.
804
805 .. versionadded:: 3.8
806
807
Georg Brandl81f11302007-12-21 08:45:42 +0000808.. function:: device_encoding(fd)
809
810 Return a string describing the encoding of the device associated with *fd*
811 if it is connected to a terminal; else return :const:`None`.
812
Victor Stinner35297182020-11-04 11:20:10 +0100813 On Unix, if the :ref:`Python UTF-8 Mode <utf8-mode>` is enabled, return
814 ``'UTF-8'`` rather than the device encoding.
815
816 .. versionchanged:: 3.10
817 On Unix, the function now implements the Python UTF-8 Mode.
818
Georg Brandl81f11302007-12-21 08:45:42 +0000819
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000820.. function:: dup(fd)
821
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200822 Return a duplicate of file descriptor *fd*. The new file descriptor is
823 :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
824
825 On Windows, when duplicating a standard stream (0: stdin, 1: stdout,
826 2: stderr), the new file descriptor is :ref:`inheritable
827 <fd_inheritance>`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000828
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200829 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
830 The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000831
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200832
833.. function:: dup2(fd, fd2, inheritable=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000834
Benjamin Petersonbbdb17d2017-12-29 13:13:06 -0800835 Duplicate file descriptor *fd* to *fd2*, closing the latter first if
836 necessary. Return *fd2*. The new file descriptor is :ref:`inheritable
837 <fd_inheritance>` by default or non-inheritable if *inheritable*
838 is ``False``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000839
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200840 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
841 Add the optional *inheritable* parameter.
842
Benjamin Petersonbbdb17d2017-12-29 13:13:06 -0800843 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
844 Return *fd2* on success. Previously, ``None`` was always returned.
845
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000846
Christian Heimes4e30a842007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000847.. function:: fchmod(fd, mode)
848
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200849 Change the mode of the file given by *fd* to the numeric *mode*. See the
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200850 docs for :func:`chmod` for possible values of *mode*. As of Python 3.3, this
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200851 is equivalent to ``os.chmod(fd, mode)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000852
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800853 .. audit-event:: os.chmod path,mode,dir_fd os.fchmod
854
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400855 .. availability:: Unix.
Christian Heimes4e30a842007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000856
857
858.. function:: fchown(fd, uid, gid)
859
860 Change the owner and group id of the file given by *fd* to the numeric *uid*
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200861 and *gid*. To leave one of the ids unchanged, set it to -1. See
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200862 :func:`chown`. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.chown(fd, uid,
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200863 gid)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000864
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800865 .. audit-event:: os.chown path,uid,gid,dir_fd os.fchown
866
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400867 .. availability:: Unix.
Christian Heimes4e30a842007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000868
869
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000870.. function:: fdatasync(fd)
871
872 Force write of file with filedescriptor *fd* to disk. Does not force update of
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000873 metadata.
874
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400875 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000876
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000877 .. note::
878 This function is not available on MacOS.
879
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000880
881.. function:: fpathconf(fd, name)
882
883 Return system configuration information relevant to an open file. *name*
884 specifies the configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the
885 name of a defined system value; these names are specified in a number of
886 standards (POSIX.1, Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define
887 additional names as well. The names known to the host operating system are
888 given in the ``pathconf_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not
889 included in that mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000890
891 If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a
892 specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is
893 included in ``pathconf_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
894 :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number.
895
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200896 As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.pathconf(fd, name)``.
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200897
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400898 .. availability:: Unix.
Senthil Kumaran2a97cee2013-09-19 00:08:56 -0700899
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000900
Victor Stinner4195b5c2012-02-08 23:03:19 +0100901.. function:: fstat(fd)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000902
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200903 Get the status of the file descriptor *fd*. Return a :class:`stat_result`
904 object.
905
906 As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.stat(fd)``.
907
908 .. seealso::
909
Berker Peksag2034caa2015-04-27 13:53:28 +0300910 The :func:`.stat` function.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000911
Georg Brandlb1a1ac02012-06-24 11:54:07 +0200912
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000913.. function:: fstatvfs(fd)
914
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200915 Return information about the filesystem containing the file associated with
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200916 file descriptor *fd*, like :func:`statvfs`. As of Python 3.3, this is
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200917 equivalent to ``os.statvfs(fd)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000918
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400919 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000920
921
922.. function:: fsync(fd)
923
924 Force write of file with filedescriptor *fd* to disk. On Unix, this calls the
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000925 native :c:func:`fsync` function; on Windows, the MS :c:func:`_commit` function.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000926
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000927 If you're starting with a buffered Python :term:`file object` *f*, first do
928 ``f.flush()``, and then do ``os.fsync(f.fileno())``, to ensure that all internal
929 buffers associated with *f* are written to disk.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000930
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400931 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000932
933
934.. function:: ftruncate(fd, length)
935
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200936 Truncate the file corresponding to file descriptor *fd*, so that it is at
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200937 most *length* bytes in size. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200938 ``os.truncate(fd, length)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000939
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -0700940 .. audit-event:: os.truncate fd,length os.ftruncate
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700941
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400942 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000943
Steve Dowerfe0a41a2015-03-20 19:50:46 -0700944 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
945 Added support for Windows
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000946
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700947
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +0200948.. function:: get_blocking(fd)
949
950 Get the blocking mode of the file descriptor: ``False`` if the
951 :data:`O_NONBLOCK` flag is set, ``True`` if the flag is cleared.
952
953 See also :func:`set_blocking` and :meth:`socket.socket.setblocking`.
954
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400955 .. availability:: Unix.
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +0200956
957 .. versionadded:: 3.5
958
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700959
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000960.. function:: isatty(fd)
961
962 Return ``True`` if the file descriptor *fd* is open and connected to a
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000963 tty(-like) device, else ``False``.
964
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000965
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200966.. function:: lockf(fd, cmd, len)
967
968 Apply, test or remove a POSIX lock on an open file descriptor.
969 *fd* is an open file descriptor.
970 *cmd* specifies the command to use - one of :data:`F_LOCK`, :data:`F_TLOCK`,
971 :data:`F_ULOCK` or :data:`F_TEST`.
972 *len* specifies the section of the file to lock.
973
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800974 .. audit-event:: os.lockf fd,cmd,len os.lockf
975
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400976 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200977
978 .. versionadded:: 3.3
979
980
981.. data:: F_LOCK
982 F_TLOCK
983 F_ULOCK
984 F_TEST
985
986 Flags that specify what action :func:`lockf` will take.
987
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400988 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200989
990 .. versionadded:: 3.3
991
Georg Brandlf62445a2012-06-24 13:31:20 +0200992
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000993.. function:: lseek(fd, pos, how)
994
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000995 Set the current position of file descriptor *fd* to position *pos*, modified
996 by *how*: :const:`SEEK_SET` or ``0`` to set the position relative to the
997 beginning of the file; :const:`SEEK_CUR` or ``1`` to set it relative to the
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300998 current position; :const:`SEEK_END` or ``2`` to set it relative to the end of
Victor Stinnere83f8992011-12-17 23:15:09 +0100999 the file. Return the new cursor position in bytes, starting from the beginning.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001000
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001001
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001002.. data:: SEEK_SET
1003 SEEK_CUR
1004 SEEK_END
1005
1006 Parameters to the :func:`lseek` function. Their values are 0, 1, and 2,
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +02001007 respectively.
1008
Jesus Cea94363612012-06-22 18:32:07 +02001009 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1010 Some operating systems could support additional values, like
1011 :data:`os.SEEK_HOLE` or :data:`os.SEEK_DATA`.
1012
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001013
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00001014.. function:: open(path, flags, mode=0o777, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001015
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00001016 Open the file *path* and set various flags according to *flags* and possibly
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001017 its mode according to *mode*. When computing *mode*, the current umask value
1018 is first masked out. Return the file descriptor for the newly opened file.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001019 The new file descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001020
1021 For a description of the flag and mode values, see the C run-time documentation;
1022 flag constants (like :const:`O_RDONLY` and :const:`O_WRONLY`) are defined in
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001023 the :mod:`os` module. In particular, on Windows adding
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001024 :const:`O_BINARY` is needed to open files in binary mode.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001025
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001026 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001027 <dir_fd>` with the *dir_fd* parameter.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001028
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07001029 .. audit-event:: open path,mode,flags os.open
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -07001030
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001031 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
1032 The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable.
1033
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001034 .. note::
1035
Georg Brandl502d9a52009-07-26 15:02:41 +00001036 This function is intended for low-level I/O. For normal usage, use the
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +00001037 built-in function :func:`open`, which returns a :term:`file object` with
Jeroen Ruigrok van der Werven9c558bcf2010-07-13 14:47:01 +00001038 :meth:`~file.read` and :meth:`~file.write` methods (and many more). To
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +00001039 wrap a file descriptor in a file object, use :func:`fdopen`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001040
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +00001041 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001042 The *dir_fd* argument.
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +00001043
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001044 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02001045 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001046 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
1047 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
1048
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001049 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1050 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1051
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001052The following constants are options for the *flags* parameter to the
1053:func:`~os.open` function. They can be combined using the bitwise OR operator
1054``|``. Some of them are not available on all platforms. For descriptions of
1055their availability and use, consult the :manpage:`open(2)` manual page on Unix
Georg Brandl5d941342016-02-26 19:37:12 +01001056or `the MSDN <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z0kc8e3z.aspx>`_ on Windows.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001057
1058
1059.. data:: O_RDONLY
1060 O_WRONLY
1061 O_RDWR
1062 O_APPEND
1063 O_CREAT
1064 O_EXCL
1065 O_TRUNC
1066
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001067 The above constants are available on Unix and Windows.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001068
1069
1070.. data:: O_DSYNC
1071 O_RSYNC
1072 O_SYNC
1073 O_NDELAY
1074 O_NONBLOCK
1075 O_NOCTTY
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001076 O_CLOEXEC
1077
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001078 The above constants are only available on Unix.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001079
1080 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
1081 Add :data:`O_CLOEXEC` constant.
1082
1083.. data:: O_BINARY
1084 O_NOINHERIT
1085 O_SHORT_LIVED
1086 O_TEMPORARY
1087 O_RANDOM
1088 O_SEQUENTIAL
1089 O_TEXT
1090
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001091 The above constants are only available on Windows.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001092
1093
1094.. data:: O_ASYNC
1095 O_DIRECT
1096 O_DIRECTORY
1097 O_NOFOLLOW
1098 O_NOATIME
1099 O_PATH
Christian Heimes177b3f92013-08-16 14:35:09 +02001100 O_TMPFILE
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001101 O_SHLOCK
1102 O_EXLOCK
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001103
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001104 The above constants are extensions and not present if they are not defined by
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001105 the C library.
1106
Christian Heimesd88f7352013-08-16 14:37:50 +02001107 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
Larry Hastings3732ed22014-03-15 21:13:56 -07001108 Add :data:`O_PATH` on systems that support it.
1109 Add :data:`O_TMPFILE`, only available on Linux Kernel 3.11
1110 or newer.
Christian Heimesd88f7352013-08-16 14:37:50 +02001111
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +00001112
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001113.. function:: openpty()
1114
1115 .. index:: module: pty
1116
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001117 Open a new pseudo-terminal pair. Return a pair of file descriptors
1118 ``(master, slave)`` for the pty and the tty, respectively. The new file
1119 descriptors are :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. For a (slightly) more
1120 portable approach, use the :mod:`pty` module.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001121
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001122 .. availability:: some flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001123
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001124 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
1125 The new file descriptors are now non-inheritable.
1126
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001127
1128.. function:: pipe()
1129
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001130 Create a pipe. Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for
Victor Stinner05f31bf2013-11-06 01:48:45 +01001131 reading and writing, respectively. The new file descriptor is
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001132 :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001133
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001134 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001135
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001136 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
1137 The new file descriptors are now non-inheritable.
1138
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001139
Charles-François Natali368f34b2011-06-06 19:49:47 +02001140.. function:: pipe2(flags)
Charles-François Natalidaafdd52011-05-29 20:07:40 +02001141
1142 Create a pipe with *flags* set atomically.
Charles-François Natali368f34b2011-06-06 19:49:47 +02001143 *flags* can be constructed by ORing together one or more of these values:
1144 :data:`O_NONBLOCK`, :data:`O_CLOEXEC`.
Charles-François Natalidaafdd52011-05-29 20:07:40 +02001145 Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for reading and writing,
1146 respectively.
1147
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001148 .. availability:: some flavors of Unix.
Charles-François Natalidaafdd52011-05-29 20:07:40 +02001149
1150 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1151
1152
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001153.. function:: posix_fallocate(fd, offset, len)
1154
1155 Ensures that enough disk space is allocated for the file specified by *fd*
1156 starting from *offset* and continuing for *len* bytes.
1157
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001158 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001159
1160 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1161
1162
1163.. function:: posix_fadvise(fd, offset, len, advice)
1164
1165 Announces an intention to access data in a specific pattern thus allowing
1166 the kernel to make optimizations.
1167 The advice applies to the region of the file specified by *fd* starting at
1168 *offset* and continuing for *len* bytes.
1169 *advice* is one of :data:`POSIX_FADV_NORMAL`, :data:`POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL`,
1170 :data:`POSIX_FADV_RANDOM`, :data:`POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE`,
1171 :data:`POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED` or :data:`POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED`.
1172
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001173 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001174
1175 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1176
1177
1178.. data:: POSIX_FADV_NORMAL
1179 POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL
1180 POSIX_FADV_RANDOM
1181 POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE
1182 POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED
1183 POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED
1184
1185 Flags that can be used in *advice* in :func:`posix_fadvise` that specify
1186 the access pattern that is likely to be used.
1187
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001188 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001189
1190 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1191
1192
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001193.. function:: pread(fd, n, offset)
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001194
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001195 Read at most *n* bytes from file descriptor *fd* at a position of *offset*,
1196 leaving the file offset unchanged.
1197
1198 Return a bytestring containing the bytes read. If the end of the file
1199 referred to by *fd* has been reached, an empty bytes object is returned.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001200
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001201 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001202
1203 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1204
1205
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001206.. function:: preadv(fd, buffers, offset, flags=0)
1207
1208 Read from a file descriptor *fd* at a position of *offset* into mutable
1209 :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>` *buffers*, leaving the file
1210 offset unchanged. Transfer data into each buffer until it is full and then
1211 move on to the next buffer in the sequence to hold the rest of the data.
1212
1213 The flags argument contains a bitwise OR of zero or more of the following
1214 flags:
1215
1216 - :data:`RWF_HIPRI`
1217 - :data:`RWF_NOWAIT`
1218
1219 Return the total number of bytes actually read which can be less than the
1220 total capacity of all the objects.
1221
1222 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1223 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
1224
1225 Combine the functionality of :func:`os.readv` and :func:`os.pread`.
1226
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001227 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.30 and newer, FreeBSD 6.0 and newer,
Batuhan Taskayacae22752020-05-17 01:36:40 +03001228 OpenBSD 2.7 and newer, AIX 7.1 and newer. Using flags requires
1229 Linux 4.6 or newer.
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001230
1231 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1232
1233
1234.. data:: RWF_NOWAIT
1235
1236 Do not wait for data which is not immediately available. If this flag is
1237 specified, the system call will return instantly if it would have to read
1238 data from the backing storage or wait for a lock.
1239
1240 If some data was successfully read, it will return the number of bytes read.
1241 If no bytes were read, it will return ``-1`` and set errno to
1242 :data:`errno.EAGAIN`.
1243
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001244 .. availability:: Linux 4.14 and newer.
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001245
1246 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1247
1248
1249.. data:: RWF_HIPRI
1250
1251 High priority read/write. Allows block-based filesystems to use polling
1252 of the device, which provides lower latency, but may use additional
1253 resources.
1254
1255 Currently, on Linux, this feature is usable only on a file descriptor opened
1256 using the :data:`O_DIRECT` flag.
1257
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001258 .. availability:: Linux 4.6 and newer.
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001259
1260 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1261
1262
Jesus Cea67503c52014-10-20 16:18:24 +02001263.. function:: pwrite(fd, str, offset)
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001264
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001265 Write the bytestring in *str* to file descriptor *fd* at position of
1266 *offset*, leaving the file offset unchanged.
1267
1268 Return the number of bytes actually written.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001269
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001270 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001271
1272 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1273
1274
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001275.. function:: pwritev(fd, buffers, offset, flags=0)
1276
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001277 Write the *buffers* contents to file descriptor *fd* at a offset *offset*,
1278 leaving the file offset unchanged. *buffers* must be a sequence of
1279 :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>`. Buffers are processed in
1280 array order. Entire contents of the first buffer is written before
1281 proceeding to the second, and so on.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001282
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001283 The flags argument contains a bitwise OR of zero or more of the following
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001284 flags:
1285
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001286 - :data:`RWF_DSYNC`
1287 - :data:`RWF_SYNC`
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001288 - :data:`RWF_APPEND`
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001289
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001290 Return the total number of bytes actually written.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001291
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001292 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1293 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
1294
1295 Combine the functionality of :func:`os.writev` and :func:`os.pwrite`.
1296
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001297 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.30 and newer, FreeBSD 6.0 and newer,
Batuhan Taskayacae22752020-05-17 01:36:40 +03001298 OpenBSD 2.7 and newer, AIX 7.1 and newer. Using flags requires
1299 Linux 4.7 or newer.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001300
1301 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1302
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001303
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001304.. data:: RWF_DSYNC
1305
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001306 Provide a per-write equivalent of the :data:`O_DSYNC` :func:`os.open` flag.
1307 This flag effect applies only to the data range written by the system call.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001308
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001309 .. availability:: Linux 4.7 and newer.
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001310
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001311 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1312
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001313
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001314.. data:: RWF_SYNC
1315
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001316 Provide a per-write equivalent of the :data:`O_SYNC` :func:`os.open` flag.
1317 This flag effect applies only to the data range written by the system call.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001318
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001319 .. availability:: Linux 4.7 and newer.
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001320
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001321 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1322
1323
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001324.. data:: RWF_APPEND
1325
1326 Provide a per-write equivalent of the :data:`O_APPEND` :func:`os.open`
1327 flag. This flag is meaningful only for :func:`os.pwritev`, and its
1328 effect applies only to the data range written by the system call. The
1329 *offset* argument does not affect the write operation; the data is always
1330 appended to the end of the file. However, if the *offset* argument is
1331 ``-1``, the current file *offset* is updated.
1332
1333 .. availability:: Linux 4.16 and newer.
1334
1335 .. versionadded:: 3.10
1336
1337
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001338.. function:: read(fd, n)
1339
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001340 Read at most *n* bytes from file descriptor *fd*.
1341
1342 Return a bytestring containing the bytes read. If the end of the file
1343 referred to by *fd* has been reached, an empty bytes object is returned.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001344
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001345 .. note::
1346
1347 This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file
Georg Brandlb2462e22012-06-24 13:24:56 +02001348 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To read a
1349 "file object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by
1350 :func:`popen` or :func:`fdopen`, or :data:`sys.stdin`, use its
1351 :meth:`~file.read` or :meth:`~file.readline` methods.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001352
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001353 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02001354 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001355 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
1356 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
1357
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001358
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001359.. function:: sendfile(out_fd, in_fd, offset, count)
Serhiy Storchaka2b560312020-04-18 19:14:10 +03001360 sendfile(out_fd, in_fd, offset, count, headers=(), trailers=(), flags=0)
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001361
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001362 Copy *count* bytes from file descriptor *in_fd* to file descriptor *out_fd*
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001363 starting at *offset*.
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001364 Return the number of bytes sent. When EOF is reached return ``0``.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001365
1366 The first function notation is supported by all platforms that define
1367 :func:`sendfile`.
1368
1369 On Linux, if *offset* is given as ``None``, the bytes are read from the
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001370 current position of *in_fd* and the position of *in_fd* is updated.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001371
1372 The second case may be used on Mac OS X and FreeBSD where *headers* and
1373 *trailers* are arbitrary sequences of buffers that are written before and
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001374 after the data from *in_fd* is written. It returns the same as the first case.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001375
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001376 On Mac OS X and FreeBSD, a value of ``0`` for *count* specifies to send until
1377 the end of *in_fd* is reached.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001378
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001379 All platforms support sockets as *out_fd* file descriptor, and some platforms
Charles-Francois Natalia771a1b2013-05-01 15:12:20 +02001380 allow other types (e.g. regular file, pipe) as well.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001381
Giampaolo Rodola'409569b2014-04-24 18:09:21 +02001382 Cross-platform applications should not use *headers*, *trailers* and *flags*
1383 arguments.
1384
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001385 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001386
Giampaolo Rodola'915d1412014-06-11 03:54:30 +02001387 .. note::
1388
Benjamin Peterson0ce95372014-06-15 18:30:27 -07001389 For a higher-level wrapper of :func:`sendfile`, see
Martin Panter3133a9f2015-09-11 23:44:18 +00001390 :meth:`socket.socket.sendfile`.
Giampaolo Rodola'915d1412014-06-11 03:54:30 +02001391
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001392 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1393
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001394 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
1395 Parameters *out* and *in* was renamed to *out_fd* and *in_fd*.
1396
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001397
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +02001398.. function:: set_blocking(fd, blocking)
1399
1400 Set the blocking mode of the specified file descriptor. Set the
1401 :data:`O_NONBLOCK` flag if blocking is ``False``, clear the flag otherwise.
1402
1403 See also :func:`get_blocking` and :meth:`socket.socket.setblocking`.
1404
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001405 .. availability:: Unix.
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +02001406
1407 .. versionadded:: 3.5
1408
1409
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001410.. data:: SF_NODISKIO
1411 SF_MNOWAIT
1412 SF_SYNC
1413
1414 Parameters to the :func:`sendfile` function, if the implementation supports
1415 them.
1416
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001417 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001418
1419 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1420
1421
Pablo Galindoa57b3d32020-11-17 00:00:38 +00001422.. function:: splice(src, dst, count, offset_src=None, offset_dst=None)
1423
1424 Transfer *count* bytes from file descriptor *src*, starting from offset
1425 *offset_src*, to file descriptor *dst*, starting from offset *offset_dst*.
1426 At least one of the file descriptors must refer to a pipe. If *offset_src*
1427 is None, then *src* is read from the current position; respectively for
1428 *offset_dst*. The offset associated to the file descriptor that refers to a
1429 pipe must be ``None``. The files pointed by *src* and *dst* must reside in
1430 the same filesystem, otherwise an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
1431 :attr:`~OSError.errno` set to :data:`errno.EXDEV`.
1432
1433 This copy is done without the additional cost of transferring data
1434 from the kernel to user space and then back into the kernel. Additionally,
1435 some filesystems could implement extra optimizations. The copy is done as if
1436 both files are opened as binary.
1437
1438 Upon successful completion, returns the number of bytes spliced to or from
1439 the pipe. A return value of 0 means end of input. If *src* refers to a
1440 pipe, then this means that there was no data to transfer, and it would not
1441 make sense to block because there are no writers connected to the write end
1442 of the pipe.
1443
Pablo Galindoe59958f2020-11-17 19:57:03 +00001444 .. availability:: Linux kernel >= 2.6.17 and glibc >= 2.5
Pablo Galindoa57b3d32020-11-17 00:00:38 +00001445
1446 .. versionadded:: 3.10
1447
1448
1449.. data:: SPLICE_F_MOVE
1450 SPLICE_F_NONBLOCK
1451 SPLICE_F_MORE
1452
Pablo Galindofa966082020-11-17 18:13:50 +00001453 .. versionadded:: 3.10
Pablo Galindoa57b3d32020-11-17 00:00:38 +00001454
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001455.. function:: readv(fd, buffers)
1456
Benjamin Petersone83ed432014-01-18 22:54:59 -05001457 Read from a file descriptor *fd* into a number of mutable :term:`bytes-like
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001458 objects <bytes-like object>` *buffers*. Transfer data into each buffer until
1459 it is full and then move on to the next buffer in the sequence to hold the
1460 rest of the data.
1461
1462 Return the total number of bytes actually read which can be less than the
1463 total capacity of all the objects.
1464
1465 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1466 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001467
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001468 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001469
1470 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1471
1472
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001473.. function:: tcgetpgrp(fd)
1474
1475 Return the process group associated with the terminal given by *fd* (an open
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001476 file descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open`).
1477
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001478 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001479
1480
1481.. function:: tcsetpgrp(fd, pg)
1482
1483 Set the process group associated with the terminal given by *fd* (an open file
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001484 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open`) to *pg*.
1485
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001486 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001487
1488
1489.. function:: ttyname(fd)
1490
1491 Return a string which specifies the terminal device associated with
Georg Brandl9afde1c2007-11-01 20:32:30 +00001492 file descriptor *fd*. If *fd* is not associated with a terminal device, an
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001493 exception is raised.
1494
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001495 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001496
1497
1498.. function:: write(fd, str)
1499
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001500 Write the bytestring in *str* to file descriptor *fd*.
1501
1502 Return the number of bytes actually written.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001503
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001504 .. note::
1505
1506 This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +00001507 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To write a "file
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001508 object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by :func:`popen` or
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +00001509 :func:`fdopen`, or :data:`sys.stdout` or :data:`sys.stderr`, use its
1510 :meth:`~file.write` method.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001511
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001512 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02001513 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001514 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
1515 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
1516
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001517
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001518.. function:: writev(fd, buffers)
1519
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001520 Write the contents of *buffers* to file descriptor *fd*. *buffers* must be
1521 a sequence of :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>`. Buffers are
1522 processed in array order. Entire contents of the first buffer is written
1523 before proceeding to the second, and so on.
Senthil Kumarand37de3c2016-06-18 11:21:50 -07001524
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001525 Returns the total number of bytes actually written.
1526
1527 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1528 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001529
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001530 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001531
1532 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1533
1534
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001535.. _terminal-size:
1536
1537Querying the size of a terminal
1538~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1539
1540.. versionadded:: 3.3
1541
1542.. function:: get_terminal_size(fd=STDOUT_FILENO)
1543
1544 Return the size of the terminal window as ``(columns, lines)``,
1545 tuple of type :class:`terminal_size`.
1546
1547 The optional argument ``fd`` (default ``STDOUT_FILENO``, or standard
1548 output) specifies which file descriptor should be queried.
1549
1550 If the file descriptor is not connected to a terminal, an :exc:`OSError`
Andrew Svetlov5b898402012-12-18 21:26:36 +02001551 is raised.
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001552
1553 :func:`shutil.get_terminal_size` is the high-level function which
1554 should normally be used, ``os.get_terminal_size`` is the low-level
1555 implementation.
1556
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001557 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001558
Georg Brandl6cff9ff2012-06-24 14:05:40 +02001559.. class:: terminal_size
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001560
Georg Brandl6cff9ff2012-06-24 14:05:40 +02001561 A subclass of tuple, holding ``(columns, lines)`` of the terminal window size.
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001562
1563 .. attribute:: columns
1564
1565 Width of the terminal window in characters.
1566
1567 .. attribute:: lines
1568
1569 Height of the terminal window in characters.
1570
1571
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001572.. _fd_inheritance:
1573
1574Inheritance of File Descriptors
1575~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1576
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001577.. versionadded:: 3.4
1578
1579A file descriptor has an "inheritable" flag which indicates if the file descriptor
1580can be inherited by child processes. Since Python 3.4, file descriptors
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001581created by Python are non-inheritable by default.
1582
1583On UNIX, non-inheritable file descriptors are closed in child processes at the
1584execution of a new program, other file descriptors are inherited.
1585
1586On Windows, non-inheritable handles and file descriptors are closed in child
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001587processes, except for standard streams (file descriptors 0, 1 and 2: stdin, stdout
Serhiy Storchaka690a6a92013-10-13 20:13:37 +03001588and stderr), which are always inherited. Using :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` functions,
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001589all inheritable handles and all inheritable file descriptors are inherited.
1590Using the :mod:`subprocess` module, all file descriptors except standard
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001591streams are closed, and inheritable handles are only inherited if the
1592*close_fds* parameter is ``False``.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001593
1594.. function:: get_inheritable(fd)
1595
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001596 Get the "inheritable" flag of the specified file descriptor (a boolean).
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001597
1598.. function:: set_inheritable(fd, inheritable)
1599
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001600 Set the "inheritable" flag of the specified file descriptor.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001601
1602.. function:: get_handle_inheritable(handle)
1603
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001604 Get the "inheritable" flag of the specified handle (a boolean).
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001605
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001606 .. availability:: Windows.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001607
1608.. function:: set_handle_inheritable(handle, inheritable)
1609
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001610 Set the "inheritable" flag of the specified handle.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001611
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001612 .. availability:: Windows.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001613
1614
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001615.. _os-file-dir:
1616
1617Files and Directories
1618---------------------
1619
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001620On some Unix platforms, many of these functions support one or more of these
1621features:
1622
1623.. _path_fd:
1624
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001625* **specifying a file descriptor:**
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001626 Normally the *path* argument provided to functions in the :mod:`os` module
1627 must be a string specifying a file path. However, some functions now
1628 alternatively accept an open file descriptor for their *path* argument.
1629 The function will then operate on the file referred to by the descriptor.
1630 (For POSIX systems, Python will call the variant of the function prefixed
1631 with ``f`` (e.g. call ``fchdir`` instead of ``chdir``).)
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001632
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001633 You can check whether or not *path* can be specified as a file descriptor
1634 for a particular function on your platform using :data:`os.supports_fd`.
1635 If this functionality is unavailable, using it will raise a
1636 :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001637
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001638 If the function also supports *dir_fd* or *follow_symlinks* arguments, it's
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001639 an error to specify one of those when supplying *path* as a file descriptor.
1640
1641.. _dir_fd:
1642
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001643* **paths relative to directory descriptors:** If *dir_fd* is not ``None``, it
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001644 should be a file descriptor referring to a directory, and the path to operate
1645 on should be relative; path will then be relative to that directory. If the
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02001646 path is absolute, *dir_fd* is ignored. (For POSIX systems, Python will call
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001647 the variant of the function with an ``at`` suffix and possibly prefixed with
1648 ``f`` (e.g. call ``faccessat`` instead of ``access``).
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001649
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001650 You can check whether or not *dir_fd* is supported for a particular function
1651 on your platform using :data:`os.supports_dir_fd`. If it's unavailable,
1652 using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001653
1654.. _follow_symlinks:
1655
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001656* **not following symlinks:** If *follow_symlinks* is
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001657 ``False``, and the last element of the path to operate on is a symbolic link,
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001658 the function will operate on the symbolic link itself rather than the file
1659 pointed to by the link. (For POSIX systems, Python will call the ``l...``
1660 variant of the function.)
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001661
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001662 You can check whether or not *follow_symlinks* is supported for a particular
1663 function on your platform using :data:`os.supports_follow_symlinks`.
1664 If it's unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001665
1666
1667
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001668.. function:: access(path, mode, *, dir_fd=None, effective_ids=False, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001669
1670 Use the real uid/gid to test for access to *path*. Note that most operations
1671 will use the effective uid/gid, therefore this routine can be used in a
1672 suid/sgid environment to test if the invoking user has the specified access to
1673 *path*. *mode* should be :const:`F_OK` to test the existence of *path*, or it
1674 can be the inclusive OR of one or more of :const:`R_OK`, :const:`W_OK`, and
1675 :const:`X_OK` to test permissions. Return :const:`True` if access is allowed,
1676 :const:`False` if not. See the Unix man page :manpage:`access(2)` for more
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001677 information.
1678
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001679 This function can support specifying :ref:`paths relative to directory
1680 descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001681
1682 If *effective_ids* is ``True``, :func:`access` will perform its access
1683 checks using the effective uid/gid instead of the real uid/gid.
1684 *effective_ids* may not be supported on your platform; you can check whether
1685 or not it is available using :data:`os.supports_effective_ids`. If it is
1686 unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
1687
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001688 .. note::
1689
Georg Brandl502d9a52009-07-26 15:02:41 +00001690 Using :func:`access` to check if a user is authorized to e.g. open a file
1691 before actually doing so using :func:`open` creates a security hole,
1692 because the user might exploit the short time interval between checking
Benjamin Peterson249b5082011-05-20 11:41:13 -05001693 and opening the file to manipulate it. It's preferable to use :term:`EAFP`
1694 techniques. For example::
1695
1696 if os.access("myfile", os.R_OK):
1697 with open("myfile") as fp:
1698 return fp.read()
1699 return "some default data"
1700
1701 is better written as::
1702
1703 try:
1704 fp = open("myfile")
Antoine Pitrou62ab10a02011-10-12 20:10:51 +02001705 except PermissionError:
1706 return "some default data"
Benjamin Peterson249b5082011-05-20 11:41:13 -05001707 else:
1708 with fp:
1709 return fp.read()
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001710
1711 .. note::
1712
1713 I/O operations may fail even when :func:`access` indicates that they would
1714 succeed, particularly for operations on network filesystems which may have
1715 permissions semantics beyond the usual POSIX permission-bit model.
1716
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001717 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
1718 Added the *dir_fd*, *effective_ids*, and *follow_symlinks* parameters.
1719
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001720 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1721 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1722
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001723
1724.. data:: F_OK
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001725 R_OK
1726 W_OK
1727 X_OK
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001728
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001729 Values to pass as the *mode* parameter of :func:`access` to test the
1730 existence, readability, writability and executability of *path*,
1731 respectively.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001732
1733
1734.. function:: chdir(path)
1735
1736 .. index:: single: directory; changing
1737
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001738 Change the current working directory to *path*.
1739
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001740 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`. The
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001741 descriptor must refer to an opened directory, not an open file.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001742
Terry Jan Reedya9b40e42019-07-06 22:44:01 -04001743 This function can raise :exc:`OSError` and subclasses such as
Kyle Stanley0717b4d2019-07-06 21:20:15 -04001744 :exc:`FileNotFoundError`, :exc:`PermissionError`, and :exc:`NotADirectoryError`.
1745
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001746 .. audit-event:: os.chdir path os.chdir
1747
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001748 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1749 Added support for specifying *path* as a file descriptor
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001750 on some platforms.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001751
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001752 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1753 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1754
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001755
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001756.. function:: chflags(path, flags, *, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001757
1758 Set the flags of *path* to the numeric *flags*. *flags* may take a combination
1759 (bitwise OR) of the following values (as defined in the :mod:`stat` module):
1760
R David Murray30178062011-03-10 17:18:33 -05001761 * :data:`stat.UF_NODUMP`
1762 * :data:`stat.UF_IMMUTABLE`
1763 * :data:`stat.UF_APPEND`
1764 * :data:`stat.UF_OPAQUE`
1765 * :data:`stat.UF_NOUNLINK`
Ned Deily3eb67d52011-06-28 00:00:28 -07001766 * :data:`stat.UF_COMPRESSED`
1767 * :data:`stat.UF_HIDDEN`
R David Murray30178062011-03-10 17:18:33 -05001768 * :data:`stat.SF_ARCHIVED`
1769 * :data:`stat.SF_IMMUTABLE`
1770 * :data:`stat.SF_APPEND`
1771 * :data:`stat.SF_NOUNLINK`
1772 * :data:`stat.SF_SNAPSHOT`
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001773
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001774 This function can support :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001775
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001776 .. audit-event:: os.chflags path,flags os.chflags
1777
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001778 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001779
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001780 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1781 The *follow_symlinks* argument.
1782
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001783 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1784 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1785
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001786
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001787.. function:: chmod(path, mode, *, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001788
1789 Change the mode of *path* to the numeric *mode*. *mode* may take one of the
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00001790 following values (as defined in the :mod:`stat` module) or bitwise ORed
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001791 combinations of them:
1792
Alexandre Vassalottic22c6f22009-07-21 00:51:58 +00001793 * :data:`stat.S_ISUID`
1794 * :data:`stat.S_ISGID`
1795 * :data:`stat.S_ENFMT`
1796 * :data:`stat.S_ISVTX`
1797 * :data:`stat.S_IREAD`
1798 * :data:`stat.S_IWRITE`
1799 * :data:`stat.S_IEXEC`
1800 * :data:`stat.S_IRWXU`
1801 * :data:`stat.S_IRUSR`
1802 * :data:`stat.S_IWUSR`
1803 * :data:`stat.S_IXUSR`
1804 * :data:`stat.S_IRWXG`
1805 * :data:`stat.S_IRGRP`
1806 * :data:`stat.S_IWGRP`
1807 * :data:`stat.S_IXGRP`
1808 * :data:`stat.S_IRWXO`
1809 * :data:`stat.S_IROTH`
1810 * :data:`stat.S_IWOTH`
1811 * :data:`stat.S_IXOTH`
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001812
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001813 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`,
1814 :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not
1815 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001816
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001817 .. note::
1818
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001819 Although Windows supports :func:`chmod`, you can only set the file's
1820 read-only flag with it (via the ``stat.S_IWRITE`` and ``stat.S_IREAD``
1821 constants or a corresponding integer value). All other bits are ignored.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001822
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001823 .. audit-event:: os.chmod path,mode,dir_fd os.chmod
1824
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001825 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1826 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor,
1827 and the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001828
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001829 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1830 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1831
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001832
1833.. function:: chown(path, uid, gid, *, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001834
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001835 Change the owner and group id of *path* to the numeric *uid* and *gid*. To
1836 leave one of the ids unchanged, set it to -1.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001837
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001838 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`,
1839 :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not
1840 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001841
Sandro Tosid902a142011-08-22 23:28:27 +02001842 See :func:`shutil.chown` for a higher-level function that accepts names in
1843 addition to numeric ids.
1844
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001845 .. audit-event:: os.chown path,uid,gid,dir_fd os.chown
1846
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001847 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001848
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001849 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001850 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor,
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001851 and the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001852
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001853 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1854 Supports a :term:`path-like object`.
1855
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001856
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001857.. function:: chroot(path)
1858
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +02001859 Change the root directory of the current process to *path*.
1860
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001861 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001862
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001863 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1864 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1865
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001866
1867.. function:: fchdir(fd)
1868
1869 Change the current working directory to the directory represented by the file
1870 descriptor *fd*. The descriptor must refer to an opened directory, not an
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001871 open file. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.chdir(fd)``.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001872
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001873 .. audit-event:: os.chdir path os.fchdir
1874
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001875 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001876
1877
1878.. function:: getcwd()
1879
1880 Return a string representing the current working directory.
1881
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001882
1883.. function:: getcwdb()
1884
1885 Return a bytestring representing the current working directory.
1886
Victor Stinner689830e2019-06-26 17:31:12 +02001887 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
1888 The function now uses the UTF-8 encoding on Windows, rather than the ANSI
1889 code page: see :pep:`529` for the rationale. The function is no longer
1890 deprecated on Windows.
1891
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001892
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001893.. function:: lchflags(path, flags)
1894
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001895 Set the flags of *path* to the numeric *flags*, like :func:`chflags`, but do
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001896 not follow symbolic links. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +02001897 ``os.chflags(path, flags, follow_symlinks=False)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001898
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001899 .. audit-event:: os.chflags path,flags os.lchflags
1900
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001901 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001902
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001903 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1904 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1905
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001906
Christian Heimes93852662007-12-01 12:22:32 +00001907.. function:: lchmod(path, mode)
1908
1909 Change the mode of *path* to the numeric *mode*. If path is a symlink, this
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001910 affects the symlink rather than the target. See the docs for :func:`chmod`
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001911 for possible values of *mode*. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +02001912 ``os.chmod(path, mode, follow_symlinks=False)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001913
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001914 .. audit-event:: os.chmod path,mode,dir_fd os.lchmod
1915
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001916 .. availability:: Unix.
Christian Heimes93852662007-12-01 12:22:32 +00001917
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001918 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1919 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
Christian Heimes93852662007-12-01 12:22:32 +00001920
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001921.. function:: lchown(path, uid, gid)
1922
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001923 Change the owner and group id of *path* to the numeric *uid* and *gid*. This
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001924 function will not follow symbolic links. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +02001925 to ``os.chown(path, uid, gid, follow_symlinks=False)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001926
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001927 .. audit-event:: os.chown path,uid,gid,dir_fd os.lchown
1928
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001929 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001930
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001931 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1932 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1933
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001934
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001935.. function:: link(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001936
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001937 Create a hard link pointing to *src* named *dst*.
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001938
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02001939 This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to
1940 supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`, and :ref:`not
1941 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001942
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001943 .. audit-event:: os.link src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.link
1944
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001945 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Brian Curtin1b9df392010-11-24 20:24:31 +00001946
1947 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
1948 Added Windows support.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001949
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001950 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1951 Added the *src_dir_fd*, *dst_dir_fd*, and *follow_symlinks* arguments.
1952
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001953 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1954 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
1955
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001956
Martin v. Löwis9c71f902010-07-24 10:09:11 +00001957.. function:: listdir(path='.')
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001958
Benjamin Peterson4469d0c2008-11-30 22:46:23 +00001959 Return a list containing the names of the entries in the directory given by
Larry Hastingsfdaea062012-06-25 04:42:23 -07001960 *path*. The list is in arbitrary order, and does not include the special
1961 entries ``'.'`` and ``'..'`` even if they are present in the directory.
Serhiy Storchaka306cfb32020-09-04 21:19:30 +03001962 If a file is removed from or added to the directory during the call of
1963 this function, whether a name for that file be included is unspecified.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001964
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001965 *path* may be a :term:`path-like object`. If *path* is of type ``bytes``
1966 (directly or indirectly through the :class:`PathLike` interface),
1967 the filenames returned will also be of type ``bytes``;
Larry Hastingsfdaea062012-06-25 04:42:23 -07001968 in all other circumstances, they will be of type ``str``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001969
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001970 This function can also support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor
1971 <path_fd>`; the file descriptor must refer to a directory.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001972
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07001973 .. audit-event:: os.listdir path os.listdir
Steve Dower60419a72019-06-24 08:42:54 -07001974
Larry Hastingsfdaea062012-06-25 04:42:23 -07001975 .. note::
1976 To encode ``str`` filenames to ``bytes``, use :func:`~os.fsencode`.
1977
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01001978 .. seealso::
1979
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02001980 The :func:`scandir` function returns directory entries along with
1981 file attribute information, giving better performance for many
1982 common use cases.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01001983
Martin v. Löwisc9e1c7d2010-07-23 12:16:41 +00001984 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
1985 The *path* parameter became optional.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001986
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001987 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001988 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor.
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001989
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001990 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1991 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1992
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001993
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02001994.. function:: lstat(path, \*, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001995
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00001996 Perform the equivalent of an :c:func:`lstat` system call on the given path.
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02001997 Similar to :func:`~os.stat`, but does not follow symbolic links. Return a
1998 :class:`stat_result` object.
1999
2000 On platforms that do not support symbolic links, this is an alias for
2001 :func:`~os.stat`.
2002
2003 As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.stat(path, dir_fd=dir_fd,
2004 follow_symlinks=False)``.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002005
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002006 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2007 <dir_fd>`.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00002008
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002009 .. seealso::
2010
Berker Peksag2034caa2015-04-27 13:53:28 +03002011 The :func:`.stat` function.
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002012
Georg Brandlb3823372010-07-10 08:58:37 +00002013 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
2014 Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002015
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002016 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
2017 Added the *dir_fd* parameter.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02002018
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002019 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2020 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
2021
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002022 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2023 On Windows, now opens reparse points that represent another path
2024 (name surrogates), including symbolic links and directory junctions.
2025 Other kinds of reparse points are resolved by the operating system as
2026 for :func:`~os.stat`.
2027
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02002028
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002029.. function:: mkdir(path, mode=0o777, *, dir_fd=None)
2030
2031 Create a directory named *path* with numeric mode *mode*.
2032
Tommy Beadle63b91e52016-06-02 15:41:20 -04002033 If the directory already exists, :exc:`FileExistsError` is raised.
2034
2035 .. _mkdir_modebits:
2036
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002037 On some systems, *mode* is ignored. Where it is used, the current umask
Tommy Beadle63b91e52016-06-02 15:41:20 -04002038 value is first masked out. If bits other than the last 9 (i.e. the last 3
2039 digits of the octal representation of the *mode*) are set, their meaning is
2040 platform-dependent. On some platforms, they are ignored and you should call
2041 :func:`chmod` explicitly to set them.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002042
2043 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2044 <dir_fd>`.
2045
2046 It is also possible to create temporary directories; see the
2047 :mod:`tempfile` module's :func:`tempfile.mkdtemp` function.
2048
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002049 .. audit-event:: os.mkdir path,mode,dir_fd os.mkdir
2050
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002051 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2052 The *dir_fd* argument.
2053
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002054 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2055 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2056
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002057
Zachary Warea22ae212014-03-20 09:42:01 -05002058.. function:: makedirs(name, mode=0o777, exist_ok=False)
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002059
2060 .. index::
2061 single: directory; creating
2062 single: UNC paths; and os.makedirs()
2063
2064 Recursive directory creation function. Like :func:`mkdir`, but makes all
Hynek Schlawack0230b6a2012-10-07 18:04:38 +02002065 intermediate-level directories needed to contain the leaf directory.
2066
Serhiy Storchakae304e332017-03-24 13:27:42 +02002067 The *mode* parameter is passed to :func:`mkdir` for creating the leaf
2068 directory; see :ref:`the mkdir() description <mkdir_modebits>` for how it
2069 is interpreted. To set the file permission bits of any newly-created parent
2070 directories you can set the umask before invoking :func:`makedirs`. The
2071 file permission bits of existing parent directories are not changed.
Hynek Schlawack0230b6a2012-10-07 18:04:38 +02002072
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002073 If *exist_ok* is ``False`` (the default), an :exc:`FileExistsError` is
2074 raised if the target directory already exists.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002075
2076 .. note::
2077
2078 :func:`makedirs` will become confused if the path elements to create
Hynek Schlawack0230b6a2012-10-07 18:04:38 +02002079 include :data:`pardir` (eg. ".." on UNIX systems).
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002080
2081 This function handles UNC paths correctly.
2082
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002083 .. audit-event:: os.mkdir path,mode,dir_fd os.makedirs
2084
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002085 .. versionadded:: 3.2
2086 The *exist_ok* parameter.
2087
Benjamin Peterson1acc69c2014-04-01 19:22:06 -04002088 .. versionchanged:: 3.4.1
Benjamin Petersonee5f1c12014-04-01 19:13:18 -04002089
Benjamin Peterson1acc69c2014-04-01 19:22:06 -04002090 Before Python 3.4.1, if *exist_ok* was ``True`` and the directory existed,
Benjamin Petersonee5f1c12014-04-01 19:13:18 -04002091 :func:`makedirs` would still raise an error if *mode* did not match the
2092 mode of the existing directory. Since this behavior was impossible to
Benjamin Peterson1acc69c2014-04-01 19:22:06 -04002093 implement safely, it was removed in Python 3.4.1. See :issue:`21082`.
Benjamin Peterson4717e212014-04-01 19:17:57 -04002094
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002095 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2096 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2097
Serhiy Storchakae304e332017-03-24 13:27:42 +02002098 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
2099 The *mode* argument no longer affects the file permission bits of
2100 newly-created intermediate-level directories.
2101
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002102
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002103.. function:: mkfifo(path, mode=0o666, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002104
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002105 Create a FIFO (a named pipe) named *path* with numeric mode *mode*.
2106 The current umask value is first masked out from the mode.
2107
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002108 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2109 <dir_fd>`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002110
2111 FIFOs are pipes that can be accessed like regular files. FIFOs exist until they
2112 are deleted (for example with :func:`os.unlink`). Generally, FIFOs are used as
2113 rendezvous between "client" and "server" type processes: the server opens the
2114 FIFO for reading, and the client opens it for writing. Note that :func:`mkfifo`
2115 doesn't open the FIFO --- it just creates the rendezvous point.
2116
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002117 .. availability:: Unix.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002118
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002119 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2120 The *dir_fd* argument.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002121
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002122 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2123 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2124
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002125
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002126.. function:: mknod(path, mode=0o600, device=0, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002127
2128 Create a filesystem node (file, device special file or named pipe) named
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002129 *path*. *mode* specifies both the permissions to use and the type of node
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +00002130 to be created, being combined (bitwise OR) with one of ``stat.S_IFREG``,
2131 ``stat.S_IFCHR``, ``stat.S_IFBLK``, and ``stat.S_IFIFO`` (those constants are
2132 available in :mod:`stat`). For ``stat.S_IFCHR`` and ``stat.S_IFBLK``,
2133 *device* defines the newly created device special file (probably using
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002134 :func:`os.makedev`), otherwise it is ignored.
2135
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002136 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2137 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002138
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002139 .. availability:: Unix.
Berker Peksag6129e142016-09-26 22:50:11 +03002140
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002141 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2142 The *dir_fd* argument.
2143
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002144 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2145 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2146
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002147
2148.. function:: major(device)
2149
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002150 Extract the device major number from a raw device number (usually the
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002151 :attr:`st_dev` or :attr:`st_rdev` field from :c:type:`stat`).
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002152
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002153
2154.. function:: minor(device)
2155
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002156 Extract the device minor number from a raw device number (usually the
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002157 :attr:`st_dev` or :attr:`st_rdev` field from :c:type:`stat`).
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002158
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002159
2160.. function:: makedev(major, minor)
2161
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002162 Compose a raw device number from the major and minor device numbers.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002163
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002164
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002165.. function:: pathconf(path, name)
2166
2167 Return system configuration information relevant to a named file. *name*
2168 specifies the configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the
2169 name of a defined system value; these names are specified in a number of
2170 standards (POSIX.1, Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define
2171 additional names as well. The names known to the host operating system are
2172 given in the ``pathconf_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not
2173 included in that mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002174
2175 If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a
2176 specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is
2177 included in ``pathconf_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
2178 :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number.
2179
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07002180 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +02002181 <path_fd>`.
2182
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002183 .. availability:: Unix.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002184
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002185 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2186 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2187
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002188
2189.. data:: pathconf_names
2190
2191 Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`pathconf` and :func:`fpathconf` to
2192 the integer values defined for those names by the host operating system. This
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +02002193 can be used to determine the set of names known to the system.
2194
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002195 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002196
2197
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002198.. function:: readlink(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002199
2200 Return a string representing the path to which the symbolic link points. The
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002201 result may be either an absolute or relative pathname; if it is relative, it
2202 may be converted to an absolute pathname using
2203 ``os.path.join(os.path.dirname(path), result)``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002204
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002205 If the *path* is a string object (directly or indirectly through a
2206 :class:`PathLike` interface), the result will also be a string object,
Martin Panter6245cb32016-04-15 02:14:19 +00002207 and the call may raise a UnicodeDecodeError. If the *path* is a bytes
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002208 object (direct or indirectly), the result will be a bytes object.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002209
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002210 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2211 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002212
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002213 When trying to resolve a path that may contain links, use
2214 :func:`~os.path.realpath` to properly handle recursion and platform
2215 differences.
2216
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002217 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00002218
Georg Brandlb3823372010-07-10 08:58:37 +00002219 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
2220 Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002221
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002222 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2223 The *dir_fd* argument.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002224
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002225 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Berker Peksage0b5b202018-08-15 13:03:41 +03002226 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` on Unix.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002227
Berker Peksage0b5b202018-08-15 13:03:41 +03002228 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2229 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` and a bytes object on Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002230
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002231 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2232 Added support for directory junctions, and changed to return the
2233 substitution path (which typically includes ``\\?\`` prefix) rather
2234 than the optional "print name" field that was previously returned.
2235
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002236.. function:: remove(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002237
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002238 Remove (delete) the file *path*. If *path* is a directory, an
2239 :exc:`IsADirectoryError` is raised. Use :func:`rmdir` to remove directories.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002240
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002241 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2242 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002243
2244 On Windows, attempting to remove a file that is in use causes an exception to
2245 be raised; on Unix, the directory entry is removed but the storage allocated
2246 to the file is not made available until the original file is no longer in use.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002247
Brett Cannon05039172015-12-28 17:28:19 -08002248 This function is semantically identical to :func:`unlink`.
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002249
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002250 .. audit-event:: os.remove path,dir_fd os.remove
2251
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002252 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002253 The *dir_fd* argument.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002254
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002255 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2256 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2257
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002258
Zachary Warea22ae212014-03-20 09:42:01 -05002259.. function:: removedirs(name)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002260
2261 .. index:: single: directory; deleting
2262
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002263 Remove directories recursively. Works like :func:`rmdir` except that, if the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002264 leaf directory is successfully removed, :func:`removedirs` tries to
2265 successively remove every parent directory mentioned in *path* until an error
2266 is raised (which is ignored, because it generally means that a parent directory
2267 is not empty). For example, ``os.removedirs('foo/bar/baz')`` will first remove
2268 the directory ``'foo/bar/baz'``, and then remove ``'foo/bar'`` and ``'foo'`` if
2269 they are empty. Raises :exc:`OSError` if the leaf directory could not be
2270 successfully removed.
2271
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002272 .. audit-event:: os.remove path,dir_fd os.removedirs
2273
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002274 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2275 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2276
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002277
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002278.. function:: rename(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002279
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002280 Rename the file or directory *src* to *dst*. If *dst* exists, the operation
2281 will fail with an :exc:`OSError` subclass in a number of cases:
2282
2283 On Windows, if *dst* exists a :exc:`FileExistsError` is always raised.
2284
Mariatta7cbef722019-07-11 10:31:19 -07002285 On Unix, if *src* is a file and *dst* is a directory or vice-versa, an
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002286 :exc:`IsADirectoryError` or a :exc:`NotADirectoryError` will be raised
2287 respectively. If both are directories and *dst* is empty, *dst* will be
2288 silently replaced. If *dst* is a non-empty directory, an :exc:`OSError`
2289 is raised. If both are files, *dst* it will be replaced silently if the user
2290 has permission. The operation may fail on some Unix flavors if *src* and
2291 *dst* are on different filesystems. If successful, the renaming will be an
2292 atomic operation (this is a POSIX requirement).
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002293
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02002294 This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to
2295 supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002296
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002297 If you want cross-platform overwriting of the destination, use :func:`replace`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002298
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002299 .. audit-event:: os.rename src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.rename
2300
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002301 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2302 The *src_dir_fd* and *dst_dir_fd* arguments.
2303
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002304 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2305 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
2306
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002307
2308.. function:: renames(old, new)
2309
2310 Recursive directory or file renaming function. Works like :func:`rename`, except
2311 creation of any intermediate directories needed to make the new pathname good is
2312 attempted first. After the rename, directories corresponding to rightmost path
2313 segments of the old name will be pruned away using :func:`removedirs`.
2314
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002315 .. note::
2316
2317 This function can fail with the new directory structure made if you lack
2318 permissions needed to remove the leaf directory or file.
2319
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002320 .. audit-event:: os.rename src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.renames
2321
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002322 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2323 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *old* and *new*.
2324
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002325
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002326.. function:: replace(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None)
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002327
2328 Rename the file or directory *src* to *dst*. If *dst* is a directory,
2329 :exc:`OSError` will be raised. If *dst* exists and is a file, it will
2330 be replaced silently if the user has permission. The operation may fail
2331 if *src* and *dst* are on different filesystems. If successful,
2332 the renaming will be an atomic operation (this is a POSIX requirement).
2333
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02002334 This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to
2335 supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002336
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002337 .. audit-event:: os.rename src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.replace
2338
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002339 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2340
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002341 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2342 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
2343
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002344
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002345.. function:: rmdir(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002346
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002347 Remove (delete) the directory *path*. If the directory does not exist or is
2348 not empty, an :exc:`FileNotFoundError` or an :exc:`OSError` is raised
2349 respectively. In order to remove whole directory trees,
2350 :func:`shutil.rmtree` can be used.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002351
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002352 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2353 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002354
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002355 .. audit-event:: os.rmdir path,dir_fd os.rmdir
2356
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002357 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2358 The *dir_fd* parameter.
2359
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002360 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2361 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2362
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002363
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002364.. function:: scandir(path='.')
2365
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002366 Return an iterator of :class:`os.DirEntry` objects corresponding to the
2367 entries in the directory given by *path*. The entries are yielded in
2368 arbitrary order, and the special entries ``'.'`` and ``'..'`` are not
Serhiy Storchaka306cfb32020-09-04 21:19:30 +03002369 included. If a file is removed from or added to the directory after
2370 creating the iterator, whether an entry for that file be included is
2371 unspecified.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002372
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002373 Using :func:`scandir` instead of :func:`listdir` can significantly
2374 increase the performance of code that also needs file type or file
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002375 attribute information, because :class:`os.DirEntry` objects expose this
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002376 information if the operating system provides it when scanning a directory.
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002377 All :class:`os.DirEntry` methods may perform a system call, but
2378 :func:`~os.DirEntry.is_dir` and :func:`~os.DirEntry.is_file` usually only
2379 require a system call for symbolic links; :func:`os.DirEntry.stat`
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002380 always requires a system call on Unix but only requires one for
2381 symbolic links on Windows.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002382
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002383 *path* may be a :term:`path-like object`. If *path* is of type ``bytes``
2384 (directly or indirectly through the :class:`PathLike` interface),
2385 the type of the :attr:`~os.DirEntry.name` and :attr:`~os.DirEntry.path`
2386 attributes of each :class:`os.DirEntry` will be ``bytes``; in all other
2387 circumstances, they will be of type ``str``.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002388
Serhiy Storchakaea720fe2017-03-30 09:12:31 +03002389 This function can also support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor
2390 <path_fd>`; the file descriptor must refer to a directory.
2391
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07002392 .. audit-event:: os.scandir path os.scandir
Steve Dower60419a72019-06-24 08:42:54 -07002393
Serhiy Storchakaffe96ae2016-02-11 13:21:30 +02002394 The :func:`scandir` iterator supports the :term:`context manager` protocol
2395 and has the following method:
2396
2397 .. method:: scandir.close()
2398
2399 Close the iterator and free acquired resources.
2400
2401 This is called automatically when the iterator is exhausted or garbage
2402 collected, or when an error happens during iterating. However it
2403 is advisable to call it explicitly or use the :keyword:`with`
2404 statement.
2405
2406 .. versionadded:: 3.6
2407
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002408 The following example shows a simple use of :func:`scandir` to display all
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002409 the files (excluding directories) in the given *path* that don't start with
2410 ``'.'``. The ``entry.is_file()`` call will generally not make an additional
2411 system call::
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002412
Serhiy Storchakaffe96ae2016-02-11 13:21:30 +02002413 with os.scandir(path) as it:
2414 for entry in it:
2415 if not entry.name.startswith('.') and entry.is_file():
2416 print(entry.name)
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002417
2418 .. note::
2419
2420 On Unix-based systems, :func:`scandir` uses the system's
2421 `opendir() <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/opendir.html>`_
2422 and
2423 `readdir() <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/readdir_r.html>`_
2424 functions. On Windows, it uses the Win32
Georg Brandl5d941342016-02-26 19:37:12 +01002425 `FindFirstFileW <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa364418(v=vs.85).aspx>`_
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002426 and
Georg Brandl5d941342016-02-26 19:37:12 +01002427 `FindNextFileW <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa364428(v=vs.85).aspx>`_
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002428 functions.
2429
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002430 .. versionadded:: 3.5
2431
Serhiy Storchakaffe96ae2016-02-11 13:21:30 +02002432 .. versionadded:: 3.6
2433 Added support for the :term:`context manager` protocol and the
2434 :func:`~scandir.close()` method. If a :func:`scandir` iterator is neither
2435 exhausted nor explicitly closed a :exc:`ResourceWarning` will be emitted
2436 in its destructor.
2437
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002438 The function accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2439
Serhiy Storchakaea720fe2017-03-30 09:12:31 +03002440 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
2441 Added support for :ref:`file descriptors <path_fd>` on Unix.
2442
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002443
2444.. class:: DirEntry
2445
2446 Object yielded by :func:`scandir` to expose the file path and other file
2447 attributes of a directory entry.
2448
2449 :func:`scandir` will provide as much of this information as possible without
2450 making additional system calls. When a ``stat()`` or ``lstat()`` system call
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002451 is made, the ``os.DirEntry`` object will cache the result.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002452
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002453 ``os.DirEntry`` instances are not intended to be stored in long-lived data
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002454 structures; if you know the file metadata has changed or if a long time has
2455 elapsed since calling :func:`scandir`, call ``os.stat(entry.path)`` to fetch
2456 up-to-date information.
2457
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002458 Because the ``os.DirEntry`` methods can make operating system calls, they may
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002459 also raise :exc:`OSError`. If you need very fine-grained
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002460 control over errors, you can catch :exc:`OSError` when calling one of the
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002461 ``os.DirEntry`` methods and handle as appropriate.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002462
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002463 To be directly usable as a :term:`path-like object`, ``os.DirEntry``
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002464 implements the :class:`PathLike` interface.
Brett Cannon96881cd2016-06-10 14:37:21 -07002465
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002466 Attributes and methods on a ``os.DirEntry`` instance are as follows:
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002467
2468 .. attribute:: name
2469
2470 The entry's base filename, relative to the :func:`scandir` *path*
2471 argument.
2472
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002473 The :attr:`name` attribute will be ``bytes`` if the :func:`scandir`
2474 *path* argument is of type ``bytes`` and ``str`` otherwise. Use
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002475 :func:`~os.fsdecode` to decode byte filenames.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002476
2477 .. attribute:: path
2478
2479 The entry's full path name: equivalent to ``os.path.join(scandir_path,
2480 entry.name)`` where *scandir_path* is the :func:`scandir` *path*
2481 argument. The path is only absolute if the :func:`scandir` *path*
Serhiy Storchakaea720fe2017-03-30 09:12:31 +03002482 argument was absolute. If the :func:`scandir` *path*
2483 argument was a :ref:`file descriptor <path_fd>`, the :attr:`path`
2484 attribute is the same as the :attr:`name` attribute.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002485
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002486 The :attr:`path` attribute will be ``bytes`` if the :func:`scandir`
2487 *path* argument is of type ``bytes`` and ``str`` otherwise. Use
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002488 :func:`~os.fsdecode` to decode byte filenames.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002489
2490 .. method:: inode()
2491
2492 Return the inode number of the entry.
2493
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002494 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object. Use
2495 ``os.stat(entry.path, follow_symlinks=False).st_ino`` to fetch up-to-date
2496 information.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002497
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002498 On the first, uncached call, a system call is required on Windows but
2499 not on Unix.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002500
2501 .. method:: is_dir(\*, follow_symlinks=True)
2502
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002503 Return ``True`` if this entry is a directory or a symbolic link pointing
2504 to a directory; return ``False`` if the entry is or points to any other
2505 kind of file, or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002506
2507 If *follow_symlinks* is ``False``, return ``True`` only if this entry
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002508 is a directory (without following symlinks); return ``False`` if the
2509 entry is any other kind of file or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002510
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002511 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object, with a separate cache
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002512 for *follow_symlinks* ``True`` and ``False``. Call :func:`os.stat` along
2513 with :func:`stat.S_ISDIR` to fetch up-to-date information.
2514
2515 On the first, uncached call, no system call is required in most cases.
2516 Specifically, for non-symlinks, neither Windows or Unix require a system
2517 call, except on certain Unix file systems, such as network file systems,
2518 that return ``dirent.d_type == DT_UNKNOWN``. If the entry is a symlink,
2519 a system call will be required to follow the symlink unless
2520 *follow_symlinks* is ``False``.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002521
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002522 This method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`,
2523 but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is caught and not raised.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002524
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002525 .. method:: is_file(\*, follow_symlinks=True)
2526
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002527 Return ``True`` if this entry is a file or a symbolic link pointing to a
2528 file; return ``False`` if the entry is or points to a directory or other
2529 non-file entry, or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002530
2531 If *follow_symlinks* is ``False``, return ``True`` only if this entry
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002532 is a file (without following symlinks); return ``False`` if the entry is
2533 a directory or other non-file entry, or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002534
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002535 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object. Caching, system calls
2536 made, and exceptions raised are as per :func:`~os.DirEntry.is_dir`.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002537
2538 .. method:: is_symlink()
2539
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002540 Return ``True`` if this entry is a symbolic link (even if broken);
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002541 return ``False`` if the entry points to a directory or any kind of file,
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002542 or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002543
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002544 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object. Call
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002545 :func:`os.path.islink` to fetch up-to-date information.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002546
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002547 On the first, uncached call, no system call is required in most cases.
2548 Specifically, neither Windows or Unix require a system call, except on
2549 certain Unix file systems, such as network file systems, that return
2550 ``dirent.d_type == DT_UNKNOWN``.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002551
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002552 This method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`,
2553 but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is caught and not raised.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002554
2555 .. method:: stat(\*, follow_symlinks=True)
2556
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002557 Return a :class:`stat_result` object for this entry. This method
2558 follows symbolic links by default; to stat a symbolic link add the
2559 ``follow_symlinks=False`` argument.
2560
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002561 On Unix, this method always requires a system call. On Windows, it
2562 only requires a system call if *follow_symlinks* is ``True`` and the
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002563 entry is a reparse point (for example, a symbolic link or directory
2564 junction).
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002565
2566 On Windows, the ``st_ino``, ``st_dev`` and ``st_nlink`` attributes of the
2567 :class:`stat_result` are always set to zero. Call :func:`os.stat` to
2568 get these attributes.
2569
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002570 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object, with a separate cache
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002571 for *follow_symlinks* ``True`` and ``False``. Call :func:`os.stat` to
2572 fetch up-to-date information.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002573
Guido van Rossum1469d742016-01-06 11:36:03 -08002574 Note that there is a nice correspondence between several attributes
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002575 and methods of ``os.DirEntry`` and of :class:`pathlib.Path`. In
Brett Cannonc28592b2016-06-24 12:21:47 -07002576 particular, the ``name`` attribute has the same
Guido van Rossum1469d742016-01-06 11:36:03 -08002577 meaning, as do the ``is_dir()``, ``is_file()``, ``is_symlink()``
2578 and ``stat()`` methods.
2579
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002580 .. versionadded:: 3.5
2581
Brett Cannon96881cd2016-06-10 14:37:21 -07002582 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002583 Added support for the :class:`~os.PathLike` interface. Added support
2584 for :class:`bytes` paths on Windows.
Brett Cannon96881cd2016-06-10 14:37:21 -07002585
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002586
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002587.. function:: stat(path, \*, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002588
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002589 Get the status of a file or a file descriptor. Perform the equivalent of a
2590 :c:func:`stat` system call on the given path. *path* may be specified as
Xiang Zhang4459e002017-01-22 13:04:17 +08002591 either a string or bytes -- directly or indirectly through the :class:`PathLike`
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002592 interface -- or as an open file descriptor. Return a :class:`stat_result`
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002593 object.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002594
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002595 This function normally follows symlinks; to stat a symlink add the argument
2596 ``follow_symlinks=False``, or use :func:`lstat`.
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00002597
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002598 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
2599 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002600
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002601 On Windows, passing ``follow_symlinks=False`` will disable following all
2602 name-surrogate reparse points, which includes symlinks and directory
2603 junctions. Other types of reparse points that do not resemble links or that
2604 the operating system is unable to follow will be opened directly. When
2605 following a chain of multiple links, this may result in the original link
2606 being returned instead of the non-link that prevented full traversal. To
2607 obtain stat results for the final path in this case, use the
2608 :func:`os.path.realpath` function to resolve the path name as far as
2609 possible and call :func:`lstat` on the result. This does not apply to
2610 dangling symlinks or junction points, which will raise the usual exceptions.
2611
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002612 .. index:: module: stat
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00002613
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002614 Example::
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002615
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002616 >>> import os
2617 >>> statinfo = os.stat('somefile.txt')
2618 >>> statinfo
2619 os.stat_result(st_mode=33188, st_ino=7876932, st_dev=234881026,
2620 st_nlink=1, st_uid=501, st_gid=501, st_size=264, st_atime=1297230295,
2621 st_mtime=1297230027, st_ctime=1297230027)
2622 >>> statinfo.st_size
2623 264
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00002624
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002625 .. seealso::
Zachary Ware63f277b2014-06-19 09:46:37 -05002626
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002627 :func:`fstat` and :func:`lstat` functions.
2628
2629 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2630 Added the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments, specifying a file
2631 descriptor instead of a path.
2632
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002633 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2634 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2635
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002636 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2637 On Windows, all reparse points that can be resolved by the operating
2638 system are now followed, and passing ``follow_symlinks=False``
2639 disables following all name surrogate reparse points. If the operating
2640 system reaches a reparse point that it is not able to follow, *stat* now
2641 returns the information for the original path as if
2642 ``follow_symlinks=False`` had been specified instead of raising an error.
2643
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002644
2645.. class:: stat_result
2646
2647 Object whose attributes correspond roughly to the members of the
2648 :c:type:`stat` structure. It is used for the result of :func:`os.stat`,
2649 :func:`os.fstat` and :func:`os.lstat`.
2650
2651 Attributes:
2652
2653 .. attribute:: st_mode
2654
2655 File mode: file type and file mode bits (permissions).
2656
2657 .. attribute:: st_ino
2658
Steve Dower3e51a3d2018-05-28 17:24:36 -07002659 Platform dependent, but if non-zero, uniquely identifies the
2660 file for a given value of ``st_dev``. Typically:
2661
2662 * the inode number on Unix,
2663 * the `file index
2664 <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa363788>`_ on
2665 Windows
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002666
2667 .. attribute:: st_dev
2668
2669 Identifier of the device on which this file resides.
2670
2671 .. attribute:: st_nlink
2672
2673 Number of hard links.
2674
2675 .. attribute:: st_uid
2676
2677 User identifier of the file owner.
2678
2679 .. attribute:: st_gid
2680
2681 Group identifier of the file owner.
2682
2683 .. attribute:: st_size
2684
2685 Size of the file in bytes, if it is a regular file or a symbolic link.
2686 The size of a symbolic link is the length of the pathname it contains,
2687 without a terminating null byte.
2688
2689 Timestamps:
2690
2691 .. attribute:: st_atime
2692
2693 Time of most recent access expressed in seconds.
2694
2695 .. attribute:: st_mtime
2696
2697 Time of most recent content modification expressed in seconds.
2698
2699 .. attribute:: st_ctime
2700
2701 Platform dependent:
2702
2703 * the time of most recent metadata change on Unix,
2704 * the time of creation on Windows, expressed in seconds.
2705
2706 .. attribute:: st_atime_ns
2707
2708 Time of most recent access expressed in nanoseconds as an integer.
2709
2710 .. attribute:: st_mtime_ns
2711
2712 Time of most recent content modification expressed in nanoseconds as an
2713 integer.
2714
2715 .. attribute:: st_ctime_ns
2716
2717 Platform dependent:
2718
2719 * the time of most recent metadata change on Unix,
2720 * the time of creation on Windows, expressed in nanoseconds as an
2721 integer.
2722
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002723 .. note::
2724
Senthil Kumaran3aac1792011-07-04 11:43:51 -07002725 The exact meaning and resolution of the :attr:`st_atime`,
Senthil Kumarana6bac952011-07-04 11:28:30 -07002726 :attr:`st_mtime`, and :attr:`st_ctime` attributes depend on the operating
2727 system and the file system. For example, on Windows systems using the FAT
2728 or FAT32 file systems, :attr:`st_mtime` has 2-second resolution, and
2729 :attr:`st_atime` has only 1-day resolution. See your operating system
2730 documentation for details.
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002731
Larry Hastings6fe20b32012-04-19 15:07:49 -07002732 Similarly, although :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`,
2733 and :attr:`st_ctime_ns` are always expressed in nanoseconds, many
2734 systems do not provide nanosecond precision. On systems that do
2735 provide nanosecond precision, the floating-point object used to
2736 store :attr:`st_atime`, :attr:`st_mtime`, and :attr:`st_ctime`
2737 cannot preserve all of it, and as such will be slightly inexact.
2738 If you need the exact timestamps you should always use
2739 :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, and :attr:`st_ctime_ns`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002740
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002741 On some Unix systems (such as Linux), the following attributes may also be
2742 available:
2743
2744 .. attribute:: st_blocks
2745
2746 Number of 512-byte blocks allocated for file.
2747 This may be smaller than :attr:`st_size`/512 when the file has holes.
2748
2749 .. attribute:: st_blksize
2750
2751 "Preferred" blocksize for efficient file system I/O. Writing to a file in
2752 smaller chunks may cause an inefficient read-modify-rewrite.
2753
2754 .. attribute:: st_rdev
2755
2756 Type of device if an inode device.
2757
2758 .. attribute:: st_flags
2759
2760 User defined flags for file.
2761
2762 On other Unix systems (such as FreeBSD), the following attributes may be
2763 available (but may be only filled out if root tries to use them):
2764
2765 .. attribute:: st_gen
2766
2767 File generation number.
2768
2769 .. attribute:: st_birthtime
2770
2771 Time of file creation.
2772
jcea6c51d512018-01-28 14:00:08 +01002773 On Solaris and derivatives, the following attributes may also be
2774 available:
2775
2776 .. attribute:: st_fstype
2777
2778 String that uniquely identifies the type of the filesystem that
2779 contains the file.
2780
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002781 On Mac OS systems, the following attributes may also be available:
2782
2783 .. attribute:: st_rsize
2784
2785 Real size of the file.
2786
2787 .. attribute:: st_creator
2788
2789 Creator of the file.
2790
2791 .. attribute:: st_type
2792
2793 File type.
2794
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002795 On Windows systems, the following attributes are also available:
Victor Stinnere1d24f72014-07-24 12:44:07 +02002796
2797 .. attribute:: st_file_attributes
2798
2799 Windows file attributes: ``dwFileAttributes`` member of the
2800 ``BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION`` structure returned by
2801 :c:func:`GetFileInformationByHandle`. See the ``FILE_ATTRIBUTE_*``
2802 constants in the :mod:`stat` module.
2803
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002804 .. attribute:: st_reparse_tag
2805
2806 When :attr:`st_file_attributes` has the ``FILE_ATTRIBUTE_REPARSE_POINT``
2807 set, this field contains the tag identifying the type of reparse point.
2808 See the ``IO_REPARSE_TAG_*`` constants in the :mod:`stat` module.
2809
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002810 The standard module :mod:`stat` defines functions and constants that are
2811 useful for extracting information from a :c:type:`stat` structure. (On
2812 Windows, some items are filled with dummy values.)
2813
2814 For backward compatibility, a :class:`stat_result` instance is also
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002815 accessible as a tuple of at least 10 integers giving the most important (and
2816 portable) members of the :c:type:`stat` structure, in the order
2817 :attr:`st_mode`, :attr:`st_ino`, :attr:`st_dev`, :attr:`st_nlink`,
2818 :attr:`st_uid`, :attr:`st_gid`, :attr:`st_size`, :attr:`st_atime`,
2819 :attr:`st_mtime`, :attr:`st_ctime`. More items may be added at the end by
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002820 some implementations. For compatibility with older Python versions,
2821 accessing :class:`stat_result` as a tuple always returns integers.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002822
Larry Hastings6fe20b32012-04-19 15:07:49 -07002823 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002824 Added the :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, and
2825 :attr:`st_ctime_ns` members.
Larry Hastings6fe20b32012-04-19 15:07:49 -07002826
Zachary Ware63f277b2014-06-19 09:46:37 -05002827 .. versionadded:: 3.5
2828 Added the :attr:`st_file_attributes` member on Windows.
2829
Steve Dower3e51a3d2018-05-28 17:24:36 -07002830 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
2831 Windows now returns the file index as :attr:`st_ino` when
2832 available.
2833
jcea6c51d512018-01-28 14:00:08 +01002834 .. versionadded:: 3.7
2835 Added the :attr:`st_fstype` member to Solaris/derivatives.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002836
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002837 .. versionadded:: 3.8
2838 Added the :attr:`st_reparse_tag` member on Windows.
2839
2840 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2841 On Windows, the :attr:`st_mode` member now identifies special
2842 files as :const:`S_IFCHR`, :const:`S_IFIFO` or :const:`S_IFBLK`
2843 as appropriate.
2844
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002845.. function:: statvfs(path)
2846
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002847 Perform a :c:func:`statvfs` system call on the given path. The return value is
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002848 an object whose attributes describe the filesystem on the given path, and
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002849 correspond to the members of the :c:type:`statvfs` structure, namely:
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002850 :attr:`f_bsize`, :attr:`f_frsize`, :attr:`f_blocks`, :attr:`f_bfree`,
2851 :attr:`f_bavail`, :attr:`f_files`, :attr:`f_ffree`, :attr:`f_favail`,
Giuseppe Scrivano96a5e502017-12-14 23:46:46 +01002852 :attr:`f_flag`, :attr:`f_namemax`, :attr:`f_fsid`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002853
Andrew M. Kuchling4ea04a32010-08-18 22:30:34 +00002854 Two module-level constants are defined for the :attr:`f_flag` attribute's
2855 bit-flags: if :const:`ST_RDONLY` is set, the filesystem is mounted
2856 read-only, and if :const:`ST_NOSUID` is set, the semantics of
2857 setuid/setgid bits are disabled or not supported.
2858
doko@ubuntu.comca616a22013-12-08 15:23:07 +01002859 Additional module-level constants are defined for GNU/glibc based systems.
2860 These are :const:`ST_NODEV` (disallow access to device special files),
2861 :const:`ST_NOEXEC` (disallow program execution), :const:`ST_SYNCHRONOUS`
2862 (writes are synced at once), :const:`ST_MANDLOCK` (allow mandatory locks on an FS),
2863 :const:`ST_WRITE` (write on file/directory/symlink), :const:`ST_APPEND`
2864 (append-only file), :const:`ST_IMMUTABLE` (immutable file), :const:`ST_NOATIME`
2865 (do not update access times), :const:`ST_NODIRATIME` (do not update directory access
2866 times), :const:`ST_RELATIME` (update atime relative to mtime/ctime).
2867
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002868 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002869
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002870 .. availability:: Unix.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002871
Andrew M. Kuchling4ea04a32010-08-18 22:30:34 +00002872 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
2873 The :const:`ST_RDONLY` and :const:`ST_NOSUID` constants were added.
2874
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002875 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002876 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002877
doko@ubuntu.comca616a22013-12-08 15:23:07 +01002878 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
2879 The :const:`ST_NODEV`, :const:`ST_NOEXEC`, :const:`ST_SYNCHRONOUS`,
2880 :const:`ST_MANDLOCK`, :const:`ST_WRITE`, :const:`ST_APPEND`,
2881 :const:`ST_IMMUTABLE`, :const:`ST_NOATIME`, :const:`ST_NODIRATIME`,
2882 and :const:`ST_RELATIME` constants were added.
2883
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002884 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2885 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002886
Giuseppe Scrivano96a5e502017-12-14 23:46:46 +01002887 .. versionadded:: 3.7
2888 Added :attr:`f_fsid`.
2889
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002890
2891.. data:: supports_dir_fd
2892
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002893 A :class:`set` object indicating which functions in the :mod:`os`
2894 module accept an open file descriptor for their *dir_fd* parameter.
2895 Different platforms provide different features, and the underlying
2896 functionality Python uses to implement the *dir_fd* parameter is not
2897 available on all platforms Python supports. For consistency's sake,
2898 functions that may support *dir_fd* always allow specifying the
2899 parameter, but will throw an exception if the functionality is used
2900 when it's not locally available. (Specifying ``None`` for *dir_fd*
2901 is always supported on all platforms.)
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002902
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002903 To check whether a particular function accepts an open file descriptor
2904 for its *dir_fd* parameter, use the ``in`` operator on ``supports_dir_fd``.
2905 As an example, this expression evaluates to ``True`` if :func:`os.stat`
2906 accepts open file descriptors for *dir_fd* on the local platform::
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002907
2908 os.stat in os.supports_dir_fd
2909
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002910 Currently *dir_fd* parameters only work on Unix platforms;
2911 none of them work on Windows.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002912
2913 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2914
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002915
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002916.. data:: supports_effective_ids
2917
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002918 A :class:`set` object indicating whether :func:`os.access` permits
2919 specifying ``True`` for its *effective_ids* parameter on the local platform.
2920 (Specifying ``False`` for *effective_ids* is always supported on all
2921 platforms.) If the local platform supports it, the collection will contain
2922 :func:`os.access`; otherwise it will be empty.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002923
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002924 This expression evaluates to ``True`` if :func:`os.access` supports
2925 ``effective_ids=True`` on the local platform::
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002926
2927 os.access in os.supports_effective_ids
2928
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002929 Currently *effective_ids* is only supported on Unix platforms;
2930 it does not work on Windows.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002931
2932 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2933
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002934
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002935.. data:: supports_fd
2936
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002937 A :class:`set` object indicating which functions in the
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02002938 :mod:`os` module permit specifying their *path* parameter as an open file
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002939 descriptor on the local platform. Different platforms provide different
2940 features, and the underlying functionality Python uses to accept open file
2941 descriptors as *path* arguments is not available on all platforms Python
2942 supports.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002943
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002944 To determine whether a particular function permits specifying an open file
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002945 descriptor for its *path* parameter, use the ``in`` operator on
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002946 ``supports_fd``. As an example, this expression evaluates to ``True`` if
2947 :func:`os.chdir` accepts open file descriptors for *path* on your local
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002948 platform::
2949
2950 os.chdir in os.supports_fd
2951
2952 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2953
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002954
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002955.. data:: supports_follow_symlinks
2956
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002957 A :class:`set` object indicating which functions in the :mod:`os` module
2958 accept ``False`` for their *follow_symlinks* parameter on the local platform.
2959 Different platforms provide different features, and the underlying
2960 functionality Python uses to implement *follow_symlinks* is not available
2961 on all platforms Python supports. For consistency's sake, functions that
2962 may support *follow_symlinks* always allow specifying the parameter, but
2963 will throw an exception if the functionality is used when it's not locally
2964 available. (Specifying ``True`` for *follow_symlinks* is always supported
2965 on all platforms.)
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002966
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002967 To check whether a particular function accepts ``False`` for its
2968 *follow_symlinks* parameter, use the ``in`` operator on
2969 ``supports_follow_symlinks``. As an example, this expression evaluates
2970 to ``True`` if you may specify ``follow_symlinks=False`` when calling
2971 :func:`os.stat` on the local platform::
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002972
2973 os.stat in os.supports_follow_symlinks
2974
2975 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2976
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002977
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002978.. function:: symlink(src, dst, target_is_directory=False, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002979
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002980 Create a symbolic link pointing to *src* named *dst*.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00002981
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002982 On Windows, a symlink represents either a file or a directory, and does not
Jason R. Coombs3a092862013-05-27 23:21:28 -04002983 morph to the target dynamically. If the target is present, the type of the
2984 symlink will be created to match. Otherwise, the symlink will be created
2985 as a directory if *target_is_directory* is ``True`` or a file symlink (the
l-n-sdaeb3c42018-11-14 00:13:12 +00002986 default) otherwise. On non-Windows platforms, *target_is_directory* is ignored.
Brian Curtind40e6f72010-07-08 21:39:08 +00002987
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002988 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2989 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002990
Brian Curtin52173d42010-12-02 18:29:18 +00002991 .. note::
2992
Vidar Tonaas Fauske0e107662019-04-09 20:19:46 +02002993 On newer versions of Windows 10, unprivileged accounts can create symlinks
2994 if Developer Mode is enabled. When Developer Mode is not available/enabled,
2995 the *SeCreateSymbolicLinkPrivilege* privilege is required, or the process
2996 must be run as an administrator.
Brian Curtin96245592010-12-28 17:08:22 +00002997
Jason R. Coombs3a092862013-05-27 23:21:28 -04002998
Brian Curtin96245592010-12-28 17:08:22 +00002999 :exc:`OSError` is raised when the function is called by an unprivileged
3000 user.
Brian Curtind40e6f72010-07-08 21:39:08 +00003001
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003002 .. audit-event:: os.symlink src,dst,dir_fd os.symlink
3003
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003004 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00003005
Georg Brandlb3823372010-07-10 08:58:37 +00003006 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
3007 Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003008
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003009 .. versionadded:: 3.3
3010 Added the *dir_fd* argument, and now allow *target_is_directory*
3011 on non-Windows platforms.
3012
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003013 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3014 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
3015
Vidar Tonaas Fauske0e107662019-04-09 20:19:46 +02003016 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
3017 Added support for unelevated symlinks on Windows with Developer Mode.
3018
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003019
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02003020.. function:: sync()
3021
3022 Force write of everything to disk.
3023
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003024 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02003025
3026 .. versionadded:: 3.3
3027
3028
3029.. function:: truncate(path, length)
3030
3031 Truncate the file corresponding to *path*, so that it is at most
3032 *length* bytes in size.
3033
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +02003034 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`.
3035
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07003036 .. audit-event:: os.truncate path,length os.truncate
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -07003037
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003038 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02003039
3040 .. versionadded:: 3.3
3041
Steve Dowerfe0a41a2015-03-20 19:50:46 -07003042 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
3043 Added support for Windows
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02003044
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003045 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3046 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3047
3048
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07003049.. function:: unlink(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003050
Brett Cannon05039172015-12-28 17:28:19 -08003051 Remove (delete) the file *path*. This function is semantically
3052 identical to :func:`remove`; the ``unlink`` name is its
3053 traditional Unix name. Please see the documentation for
3054 :func:`remove` for further information.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003055
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003056 .. audit-event:: os.remove path,dir_fd os.unlink
3057
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003058 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07003059 The *dir_fd* parameter.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003060
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003061 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3062 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3063
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003064
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003065.. function:: utime(path, times=None, *[, ns], dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003066
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003067 Set the access and modified times of the file specified by *path*.
3068
3069 :func:`utime` takes two optional parameters, *times* and *ns*.
3070 These specify the times set on *path* and are used as follows:
3071
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003072 - If *ns* is specified,
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003073 it must be a 2-tuple of the form ``(atime_ns, mtime_ns)``
3074 where each member is an int expressing nanoseconds.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003075 - If *times* is not ``None``,
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003076 it must be a 2-tuple of the form ``(atime, mtime)``
3077 where each member is an int or float expressing seconds.
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003078 - If *times* is ``None`` and *ns* is unspecified,
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003079 this is equivalent to specifying ``ns=(atime_ns, mtime_ns)``
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003080 where both times are the current time.
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003081
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003082 It is an error to specify tuples for both *times* and *ns*.
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003083
Stéphane Wirtel7508a542018-05-01 12:02:26 +02003084 Note that the exact times you set here may not be returned by a subsequent
3085 :func:`~os.stat` call, depending on the resolution with which your operating
3086 system records access and modification times; see :func:`~os.stat`. The best
3087 way to preserve exact times is to use the *st_atime_ns* and *st_mtime_ns*
3088 fields from the :func:`os.stat` result object with the *ns* parameter to
3089 `utime`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003090
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02003091 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`,
3092 :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not
3093 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003094
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003095 .. audit-event:: os.utime path,times,ns,dir_fd os.utime
3096
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003097 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04003098 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor,
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003099 and the *dir_fd*, *follow_symlinks*, and *ns* parameters.
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003100
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003101 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3102 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3103
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003104
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +00003105.. function:: walk(top, topdown=True, onerror=None, followlinks=False)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003106
3107 .. index::
3108 single: directory; walking
3109 single: directory; traversal
3110
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003111 Generate the file names in a directory tree by walking the tree
3112 either top-down or bottom-up. For each directory in the tree rooted at directory
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003113 *top* (including *top* itself), it yields a 3-tuple ``(dirpath, dirnames,
3114 filenames)``.
3115
3116 *dirpath* is a string, the path to the directory. *dirnames* is a list of the
3117 names of the subdirectories in *dirpath* (excluding ``'.'`` and ``'..'``).
3118 *filenames* is a list of the names of the non-directory files in *dirpath*.
3119 Note that the names in the lists contain no path components. To get a full path
3120 (which begins with *top*) to a file or directory in *dirpath*, do
Serhiy Storchaka306cfb32020-09-04 21:19:30 +03003121 ``os.path.join(dirpath, name)``. Whether or not the lists are sorted
3122 depends on the file system. If a file is removed from or added to the
3123 *dirpath* directory during generating the lists, whether a name for that
3124 file be included is unspecified.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003125
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003126 If optional argument *topdown* is ``True`` or not specified, the triple for a
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003127 directory is generated before the triples for any of its subdirectories
Benjamin Petersone58e0c72014-06-15 20:51:12 -07003128 (directories are generated top-down). If *topdown* is ``False``, the triple
3129 for a directory is generated after the triples for all of its subdirectories
3130 (directories are generated bottom-up). No matter the value of *topdown*, the
3131 list of subdirectories is retrieved before the tuples for the directory and
3132 its subdirectories are generated.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003133
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003134 When *topdown* is ``True``, the caller can modify the *dirnames* list in-place
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003135 (perhaps using :keyword:`del` or slice assignment), and :func:`walk` will only
3136 recurse into the subdirectories whose names remain in *dirnames*; this can be
3137 used to prune the search, impose a specific order of visiting, or even to inform
3138 :func:`walk` about directories the caller creates or renames before it resumes
Victor Stinner0e316f62015-10-23 12:38:11 +02003139 :func:`walk` again. Modifying *dirnames* when *topdown* is ``False`` has
3140 no effect on the behavior of the walk, because in bottom-up mode the directories
3141 in *dirnames* are generated before *dirpath* itself is generated.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003142
Andrés Delfinobadb8942018-04-02 23:48:54 -03003143 By default, errors from the :func:`scandir` call are ignored. If optional
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003144 argument *onerror* is specified, it should be a function; it will be called with
3145 one argument, an :exc:`OSError` instance. It can report the error to continue
3146 with the walk, or raise the exception to abort the walk. Note that the filename
3147 is available as the ``filename`` attribute of the exception object.
3148
3149 By default, :func:`walk` will not walk down into symbolic links that resolve to
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003150 directories. Set *followlinks* to ``True`` to visit directories pointed to by
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003151 symlinks, on systems that support them.
3152
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003153 .. note::
3154
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02003155 Be aware that setting *followlinks* to ``True`` can lead to infinite
3156 recursion if a link points to a parent directory of itself. :func:`walk`
3157 does not keep track of the directories it visited already.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003158
3159 .. note::
3160
3161 If you pass a relative pathname, don't change the current working directory
3162 between resumptions of :func:`walk`. :func:`walk` never changes the current
3163 directory, and assumes that its caller doesn't either.
3164
3165 This example displays the number of bytes taken by non-directory files in each
3166 directory under the starting directory, except that it doesn't look under any
3167 CVS subdirectory::
3168
3169 import os
3170 from os.path import join, getsize
3171 for root, dirs, files in os.walk('python/Lib/email'):
Georg Brandl6911e3c2007-09-04 07:15:32 +00003172 print(root, "consumes", end=" ")
3173 print(sum(getsize(join(root, name)) for name in files), end=" ")
3174 print("bytes in", len(files), "non-directory files")
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003175 if 'CVS' in dirs:
3176 dirs.remove('CVS') # don't visit CVS directories
3177
Victor Stinner47c41b42015-03-10 13:31:47 +01003178 In the next example (simple implementation of :func:`shutil.rmtree`),
3179 walking the tree bottom-up is essential, :func:`rmdir` doesn't allow
3180 deleting a directory before the directory is empty::
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003181
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003182 # Delete everything reachable from the directory named in "top",
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003183 # assuming there are no symbolic links.
3184 # CAUTION: This is dangerous! For example, if top == '/', it
3185 # could delete all your disk files.
3186 import os
3187 for root, dirs, files in os.walk(top, topdown=False):
3188 for name in files:
3189 os.remove(os.path.join(root, name))
3190 for name in dirs:
3191 os.rmdir(os.path.join(root, name))
3192
Serhiy Storchakadb283b32020-03-08 14:31:47 +02003193 .. audit-event:: os.walk top,topdown,onerror,followlinks os.walk
3194
Victor Stinner524a5ba2015-03-10 13:20:34 +01003195 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02003196 This function now calls :func:`os.scandir` instead of :func:`os.listdir`,
3197 making it faster by reducing the number of calls to :func:`os.stat`.
Victor Stinner524a5ba2015-03-10 13:20:34 +01003198
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003199 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3200 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3201
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003202
Larry Hastingsb4038062012-07-15 10:57:38 -07003203.. function:: fwalk(top='.', topdown=True, onerror=None, *, follow_symlinks=False, dir_fd=None)
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003204
3205 .. index::
3206 single: directory; walking
3207 single: directory; traversal
3208
Eli Benderskyd049d5c2012-02-11 09:52:29 +02003209 This behaves exactly like :func:`walk`, except that it yields a 4-tuple
Larry Hastingsc48fe982012-06-25 04:49:05 -07003210 ``(dirpath, dirnames, filenames, dirfd)``, and it supports ``dir_fd``.
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003211
3212 *dirpath*, *dirnames* and *filenames* are identical to :func:`walk` output,
3213 and *dirfd* is a file descriptor referring to the directory *dirpath*.
3214
Larry Hastingsc48fe982012-06-25 04:49:05 -07003215 This function always supports :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
Larry Hastingsb4038062012-07-15 10:57:38 -07003216 <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. Note however
Larry Hastings950b76a2012-07-15 17:32:36 -07003217 that, unlike other functions, the :func:`fwalk` default value for
Larry Hastingsb4038062012-07-15 10:57:38 -07003218 *follow_symlinks* is ``False``.
Larry Hastingsc48fe982012-06-25 04:49:05 -07003219
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003220 .. note::
3221
3222 Since :func:`fwalk` yields file descriptors, those are only valid until
3223 the next iteration step, so you should duplicate them (e.g. with
3224 :func:`dup`) if you want to keep them longer.
3225
3226 This example displays the number of bytes taken by non-directory files in each
3227 directory under the starting directory, except that it doesn't look under any
3228 CVS subdirectory::
3229
3230 import os
3231 for root, dirs, files, rootfd in os.fwalk('python/Lib/email'):
3232 print(root, "consumes", end="")
Hynek Schlawack1729b8f2012-06-24 16:11:08 +02003233 print(sum([os.stat(name, dir_fd=rootfd).st_size for name in files]),
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003234 end="")
3235 print("bytes in", len(files), "non-directory files")
3236 if 'CVS' in dirs:
3237 dirs.remove('CVS') # don't visit CVS directories
3238
3239 In the next example, walking the tree bottom-up is essential:
Victor Stinner69a6ca52012-08-05 15:18:02 +02003240 :func:`rmdir` doesn't allow deleting a directory before the directory is
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003241 empty::
3242
3243 # Delete everything reachable from the directory named in "top",
3244 # assuming there are no symbolic links.
3245 # CAUTION: This is dangerous! For example, if top == '/', it
3246 # could delete all your disk files.
3247 import os
3248 for root, dirs, files, rootfd in os.fwalk(top, topdown=False):
3249 for name in files:
Victor Stinner69a6ca52012-08-05 15:18:02 +02003250 os.unlink(name, dir_fd=rootfd)
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003251 for name in dirs:
Victor Stinner69a6ca52012-08-05 15:18:02 +02003252 os.rmdir(name, dir_fd=rootfd)
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003253
Serhiy Storchakadb283b32020-03-08 14:31:47 +02003254 .. audit-event:: os.fwalk top,topdown,onerror,follow_symlinks,dir_fd os.fwalk
3255
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003256 .. availability:: Unix.
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003257
3258 .. versionadded:: 3.3
3259
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003260 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3261 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3262
Serhiy Storchaka8f6b3442017-03-07 14:33:21 +02003263 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
3264 Added support for :class:`bytes` paths.
3265
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003266
Zackery Spytz43fdbd22019-05-29 13:57:07 -06003267.. function:: memfd_create(name[, flags=os.MFD_CLOEXEC])
3268
3269 Create an anonymous file and return a file descriptor that refers to it.
3270 *flags* must be one of the ``os.MFD_*`` constants available on the system
3271 (or a bitwise ORed combination of them). By default, the new file
3272 descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
3273
Victor Stinnerccf0efb2019-06-05 12:24:52 +02003274 The name supplied in *name* is used as a filename and will be displayed as
3275 the target of the corresponding symbolic link in the directory
3276 ``/proc/self/fd/``. The displayed name is always prefixed with ``memfd:``
3277 and serves only for debugging purposes. Names do not affect the behavior of
3278 the file descriptor, and as such multiple files can have the same name
3279 without any side effects.
3280
Zackery Spytz43fdbd22019-05-29 13:57:07 -06003281 .. availability:: Linux 3.17 or newer with glibc 2.27 or newer.
3282
3283 .. versionadded:: 3.8
3284
3285
3286.. data:: MFD_CLOEXEC
3287 MFD_ALLOW_SEALING
3288 MFD_HUGETLB
3289 MFD_HUGE_SHIFT
3290 MFD_HUGE_MASK
3291 MFD_HUGE_64KB
3292 MFD_HUGE_512KB
3293 MFD_HUGE_1MB
3294 MFD_HUGE_2MB
3295 MFD_HUGE_8MB
3296 MFD_HUGE_16MB
3297 MFD_HUGE_32MB
3298 MFD_HUGE_256MB
3299 MFD_HUGE_512MB
3300 MFD_HUGE_1GB
3301 MFD_HUGE_2GB
3302 MFD_HUGE_16GB
3303
3304 These flags can be passed to :func:`memfd_create`.
3305
3306 .. availability:: Linux 3.17 or newer with glibc 2.27 or newer. The
3307 ``MFD_HUGE*`` flags are only available since Linux 4.14.
3308
3309 .. versionadded:: 3.8
3310
3311
Christian Heimescd9fed62020-11-13 19:48:52 +01003312.. function:: eventfd(initval[, flags=os.EFD_CLOEXEC])
3313
3314 Create and return an event file descriptor. The file descriptors supports
3315 raw :func:`read` and :func:`write` with a buffer size of 8,
3316 :func:`~select.select`, :func:`~select.poll` and similar. See man page
3317 :manpage:`eventfd(2)` for more information. By default, the
3318 new file descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
3319
3320 *initval* is the initial value of the event counter. The initial value
3321 must be an 32 bit unsigned integer. Please note that the initial value is
3322 limited to a 32 bit unsigned int although the event counter is an unsigned
3323 64 bit integer with a maximum value of 2\ :sup:`64`\ -\ 2.
3324
3325 *flags* can be constructed from :const:`EFD_CLOEXEC`,
3326 :const:`EFD_NONBLOCK`, and :const:`EFD_SEMAPHORE`.
3327
3328 If :const:`EFD_SEMAPHORE` is specified and the event counter is non-zero,
3329 :func:`eventfd_read` returns 1 and decrements the counter by one.
3330
3331 If :const:`EFD_SEMAPHORE` is not specified and the event counter is
3332 non-zero, :func:`eventfd_read` returns the current event counter value and
3333 resets the counter to zero.
3334
3335 If the event counter is zero and :const:`EFD_NONBLOCK` is not
3336 specified, :func:`eventfd_read` blocks.
3337
3338 :func:`eventfd_write` increments the event counter. Write blocks if the
3339 write operation would increment the counter to a value larger than
3340 2\ :sup:`64`\ -\ 2.
3341
3342 Example::
3343
3344 import os
3345
3346 # semaphore with start value '1'
3347 fd = os.eventfd(1, os.EFD_SEMAPHORE | os.EFC_CLOEXEC)
3348 try:
3349 # acquire semaphore
3350 v = os.eventfd_read(fd)
3351 try:
3352 do_work()
3353 finally:
3354 # release semaphore
3355 os.eventfd_write(fd, v)
3356 finally:
3357 os.close(fd)
3358
3359 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.27 or newer with glibc 2.8 or newer.
3360
3361 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3362
3363.. function:: eventfd_read(fd)
3364
3365 Read value from an :func:`eventfd` file descriptor and return a 64 bit
3366 unsigned int. The function does not verify that *fd* is an :func:`eventfd`.
3367
3368 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3369
3370 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3371
3372.. function:: eventfd_write(fd, value)
3373
3374 Add value to an :func:`eventfd` file descriptor. *value* must be a 64 bit
3375 unsigned int. The function does not verify that *fd* is an :func:`eventfd`.
3376
3377 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3378
3379 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3380
3381.. data:: EFD_CLOEXEC
3382
3383 Set close-on-exec flag for new :func:`eventfd` file descriptor.
3384
3385 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3386
3387 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3388
3389.. data:: EFD_NONBLOCK
3390
3391 Set :const:`O_NONBLOCK` status flag for new :func:`eventfd` file
3392 descriptor.
3393
3394 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3395
3396 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3397
3398.. data:: EFD_SEMAPHORE
3399
3400 Provide semaphore-like semantics for reads from a :func:`eventfd` file
3401 descriptor. On read the internal counter is decremented by one.
3402
3403 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.30 or newer with glibc 2.8 or newer.
3404
3405 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3406
3407
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003408Linux extended attributes
3409~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3410
3411.. versionadded:: 3.3
3412
3413These functions are all available on Linux only.
3414
3415.. function:: getxattr(path, attribute, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3416
3417 Return the value of the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* for
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003418 *path*. *attribute* can be bytes or str (directly or indirectly through the
3419 :class:`PathLike` interface). If it is str, it is encoded with the filesystem
3420 encoding.
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003421
3422 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3423 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3424
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003425 .. audit-event:: os.getxattr path,attribute os.getxattr
3426
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003427 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Berker Peksagd4d48742017-02-19 03:17:35 +03003428 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *path* and *attribute*.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003429
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003430
3431.. function:: listxattr(path=None, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3432
3433 Return a list of the extended filesystem attributes on *path*. The
3434 attributes in the list are represented as strings decoded with the filesystem
3435 encoding. If *path* is ``None``, :func:`listxattr` will examine the current
3436 directory.
3437
3438 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3439 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3440
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003441 .. audit-event:: os.listxattr path os.listxattr
3442
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003443 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3444 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3445
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003446
3447.. function:: removexattr(path, attribute, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3448
3449 Removes the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* from *path*.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003450 *attribute* should be bytes or str (directly or indirectly through the
3451 :class:`PathLike` interface). If it is a string, it is encoded
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +01003452 with the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`.
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003453
3454 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3455 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3456
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003457 .. audit-event:: os.removexattr path,attribute os.removexattr
3458
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003459 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3460 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *path* and *attribute*.
3461
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003462
3463.. function:: setxattr(path, attribute, value, flags=0, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3464
3465 Set the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* on *path* to *value*.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003466 *attribute* must be a bytes or str with no embedded NULs (directly or
3467 indirectly through the :class:`PathLike` interface). If it is a str,
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +01003468 it is encoded with the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`. *flags* may be
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003469 :data:`XATTR_REPLACE` or :data:`XATTR_CREATE`. If :data:`XATTR_REPLACE` is
3470 given and the attribute does not exist, ``EEXISTS`` will be raised.
3471 If :data:`XATTR_CREATE` is given and the attribute already exists, the
3472 attribute will not be created and ``ENODATA`` will be raised.
3473
3474 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3475 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3476
3477 .. note::
3478
3479 A bug in Linux kernel versions less than 2.6.39 caused the flags argument
3480 to be ignored on some filesystems.
3481
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003482 .. audit-event:: os.setxattr path,attribute,value,flags os.setxattr
3483
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003484 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3485 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *path* and *attribute*.
3486
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003487
3488.. data:: XATTR_SIZE_MAX
3489
3490 The maximum size the value of an extended attribute can be. Currently, this
Serhiy Storchakaf8def282013-02-16 17:29:56 +02003491 is 64 KiB on Linux.
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003492
3493
3494.. data:: XATTR_CREATE
3495
3496 This is a possible value for the flags argument in :func:`setxattr`. It
3497 indicates the operation must create an attribute.
3498
3499
3500.. data:: XATTR_REPLACE
3501
3502 This is a possible value for the flags argument in :func:`setxattr`. It
3503 indicates the operation must replace an existing attribute.
3504
3505
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003506.. _os-process:
3507
3508Process Management
3509------------------
3510
3511These functions may be used to create and manage processes.
3512
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003513The various :func:`exec\* <execl>` functions take a list of arguments for the new
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003514program loaded into the process. In each case, the first of these arguments is
3515passed to the new program as its own name rather than as an argument a user may
3516have typed on a command line. For the C programmer, this is the ``argv[0]``
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00003517passed to a program's :c:func:`main`. For example, ``os.execv('/bin/echo',
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003518['foo', 'bar'])`` will only print ``bar`` on standard output; ``foo`` will seem
3519to be ignored.
3520
3521
3522.. function:: abort()
3523
3524 Generate a :const:`SIGABRT` signal to the current process. On Unix, the default
3525 behavior is to produce a core dump; on Windows, the process immediately returns
Victor Stinner6e2e3b92011-07-08 02:26:39 +02003526 an exit code of ``3``. Be aware that calling this function will not call the
3527 Python signal handler registered for :const:`SIGABRT` with
3528 :func:`signal.signal`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003529
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003530
Steve Dower2438cdf2019-03-29 16:37:16 -07003531.. function:: add_dll_directory(path)
3532
3533 Add a path to the DLL search path.
3534
3535 This search path is used when resolving dependencies for imported
3536 extension modules (the module itself is resolved through sys.path),
3537 and also by :mod:`ctypes`.
3538
3539 Remove the directory by calling **close()** on the returned object
3540 or using it in a :keyword:`with` statement.
3541
3542 See the `Microsoft documentation
3543 <https://msdn.microsoft.com/44228cf2-6306-466c-8f16-f513cd3ba8b5>`_
3544 for more information about how DLLs are loaded.
3545
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003546 .. audit-event:: os.add_dll_directory path os.add_dll_directory
3547
Steve Dower2438cdf2019-03-29 16:37:16 -07003548 .. availability:: Windows.
3549
3550 .. versionadded:: 3.8
3551 Previous versions of CPython would resolve DLLs using the default
3552 behavior for the current process. This led to inconsistencies,
3553 such as only sometimes searching :envvar:`PATH` or the current
3554 working directory, and OS functions such as ``AddDllDirectory``
3555 having no effect.
3556
3557 In 3.8, the two primary ways DLLs are loaded now explicitly
3558 override the process-wide behavior to ensure consistency. See the
3559 :ref:`porting notes <bpo-36085-whatsnew>` for information on
3560 updating libraries.
3561
3562
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003563.. function:: execl(path, arg0, arg1, ...)
3564 execle(path, arg0, arg1, ..., env)
3565 execlp(file, arg0, arg1, ...)
3566 execlpe(file, arg0, arg1, ..., env)
3567 execv(path, args)
3568 execve(path, args, env)
3569 execvp(file, args)
3570 execvpe(file, args, env)
3571
3572 These functions all execute a new program, replacing the current process; they
3573 do not return. On Unix, the new executable is loaded into the current process,
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003574 and will have the same process id as the caller. Errors will be reported as
Georg Brandl48310cd2009-01-03 21:18:54 +00003575 :exc:`OSError` exceptions.
Benjamin Petersone9bbc8b2008-09-28 02:06:32 +00003576
3577 The current process is replaced immediately. Open file objects and
3578 descriptors are not flushed, so if there may be data buffered
3579 on these open files, you should flush them using
3580 :func:`sys.stdout.flush` or :func:`os.fsync` before calling an
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003581 :func:`exec\* <execl>` function.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003582
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003583 The "l" and "v" variants of the :func:`exec\* <execl>` functions differ in how
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003584 command-line arguments are passed. The "l" variants are perhaps the easiest
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003585 to work with if the number of parameters is fixed when the code is written; the
3586 individual parameters simply become additional parameters to the :func:`execl\*`
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003587 functions. The "v" variants are good when the number of parameters is
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003588 variable, with the arguments being passed in a list or tuple as the *args*
3589 parameter. In either case, the arguments to the child process should start with
3590 the name of the command being run, but this is not enforced.
3591
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003592 The variants which include a "p" near the end (:func:`execlp`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003593 :func:`execlpe`, :func:`execvp`, and :func:`execvpe`) will use the
3594 :envvar:`PATH` environment variable to locate the program *file*. When the
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003595 environment is being replaced (using one of the :func:`exec\*e <execl>` variants,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003596 discussed in the next paragraph), the new environment is used as the source of
3597 the :envvar:`PATH` variable. The other variants, :func:`execl`, :func:`execle`,
3598 :func:`execv`, and :func:`execve`, will not use the :envvar:`PATH` variable to
3599 locate the executable; *path* must contain an appropriate absolute or relative
3600 path.
3601
3602 For :func:`execle`, :func:`execlpe`, :func:`execve`, and :func:`execvpe` (note
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003603 that these all end in "e"), the *env* parameter must be a mapping which is
Christian Heimesa342c012008-04-20 21:01:16 +00003604 used to define the environment variables for the new process (these are used
3605 instead of the current process' environment); the functions :func:`execl`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003606 :func:`execlp`, :func:`execv`, and :func:`execvp` all cause the new process to
Georg Brandl48310cd2009-01-03 21:18:54 +00003607 inherit the environment of the current process.
Benjamin Petersone9bbc8b2008-09-28 02:06:32 +00003608
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003609 For :func:`execve` on some platforms, *path* may also be specified as an open
3610 file descriptor. This functionality may not be supported on your platform;
3611 you can check whether or not it is available using :data:`os.supports_fd`.
3612 If it is unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
3613
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08003614 .. audit-event:: os.exec path,args,env os.execl
3615
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003616 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003617
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003618 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04003619 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003620 for :func:`execve`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003621
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003622 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3623 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3624
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003625.. function:: _exit(n)
3626
Georg Brandl6f4e68d2010-10-17 10:51:45 +00003627 Exit the process with status *n*, without calling cleanup handlers, flushing
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003628 stdio buffers, etc.
3629
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003630 .. note::
3631
Georg Brandl6f4e68d2010-10-17 10:51:45 +00003632 The standard way to exit is ``sys.exit(n)``. :func:`_exit` should
3633 normally only be used in the child process after a :func:`fork`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003634
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003635The following exit codes are defined and can be used with :func:`_exit`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003636although they are not required. These are typically used for system programs
3637written in Python, such as a mail server's external command delivery program.
3638
3639.. note::
3640
3641 Some of these may not be available on all Unix platforms, since there is some
3642 variation. These constants are defined where they are defined by the underlying
3643 platform.
3644
3645
3646.. data:: EX_OK
3647
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003648 Exit code that means no error occurred.
3649
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003650 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003651
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003652
3653.. data:: EX_USAGE
3654
3655 Exit code that means the command was used incorrectly, such as when the wrong
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003656 number of arguments are given.
3657
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003658 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003659
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003660
3661.. data:: EX_DATAERR
3662
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003663 Exit code that means the input data was incorrect.
3664
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003665 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003666
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003667
3668.. data:: EX_NOINPUT
3669
3670 Exit code that means an input file did not exist or was not readable.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003671
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003672 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003673
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003674
3675.. data:: EX_NOUSER
3676
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003677 Exit code that means a specified user did not exist.
3678
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003679 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003680
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003681
3682.. data:: EX_NOHOST
3683
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003684 Exit code that means a specified host did not exist.
3685
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003686 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003687
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003688
3689.. data:: EX_UNAVAILABLE
3690
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003691 Exit code that means that a required service is unavailable.
3692
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003693 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003694
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003695
3696.. data:: EX_SOFTWARE
3697
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003698 Exit code that means an internal software error was detected.
3699
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003700 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003701
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003702
3703.. data:: EX_OSERR
3704
3705 Exit code that means an operating system error was detected, such as the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003706 inability to fork or create a pipe.
3707
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003708 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003709
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003710
3711.. data:: EX_OSFILE
3712
3713 Exit code that means some system file did not exist, could not be opened, or had
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003714 some other kind of error.
3715
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003716 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003717
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003718
3719.. data:: EX_CANTCREAT
3720
3721 Exit code that means a user specified output file could not be created.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003722
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003723 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003724
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003725
3726.. data:: EX_IOERR
3727
3728 Exit code that means that an error occurred while doing I/O on some file.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003729
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003730 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003731
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003732
3733.. data:: EX_TEMPFAIL
3734
3735 Exit code that means a temporary failure occurred. This indicates something
3736 that may not really be an error, such as a network connection that couldn't be
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003737 made during a retryable operation.
3738
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003739 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003740
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003741
3742.. data:: EX_PROTOCOL
3743
3744 Exit code that means that a protocol exchange was illegal, invalid, or not
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003745 understood.
3746
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003747 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003748
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003749
3750.. data:: EX_NOPERM
3751
3752 Exit code that means that there were insufficient permissions to perform the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003753 operation (but not intended for file system problems).
3754
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003755 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003756
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003757
3758.. data:: EX_CONFIG
3759
3760 Exit code that means that some kind of configuration error occurred.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003761
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003762 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003763
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003764
3765.. data:: EX_NOTFOUND
3766
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003767 Exit code that means something like "an entry was not found".
3768
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003769 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003770
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003771
3772.. function:: fork()
3773
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003774 Fork a child process. Return ``0`` in the child and the child's process id in the
Christian Heimesdd15f6c2008-03-16 00:07:10 +00003775 parent. If an error occurs :exc:`OSError` is raised.
Benjamin Petersonbcd8ac32008-10-10 22:20:52 +00003776
Larry Hastings3732ed22014-03-15 21:13:56 -07003777 Note that some platforms including FreeBSD <= 6.3 and Cygwin have
Phil Connellb2203002019-11-15 16:56:03 +00003778 known issues when using ``fork()`` from a thread.
3779
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003780 .. audit-event:: os.fork "" os.fork
3781
Phil Connellb2203002019-11-15 16:56:03 +00003782 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
3783 Calling ``fork()`` in a subinterpreter is no longer supported
3784 (:exc:`RuntimeError` is raised).
Benjamin Petersonbcd8ac32008-10-10 22:20:52 +00003785
Christian Heimes3046fe42013-10-29 21:08:56 +01003786 .. warning::
3787
3788 See :mod:`ssl` for applications that use the SSL module with fork().
3789
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003790 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003791
3792
3793.. function:: forkpty()
3794
3795 Fork a child process, using a new pseudo-terminal as the child's controlling
3796 terminal. Return a pair of ``(pid, fd)``, where *pid* is ``0`` in the child, the
3797 new child's process id in the parent, and *fd* is the file descriptor of the
3798 master end of the pseudo-terminal. For a more portable approach, use the
Christian Heimesdd15f6c2008-03-16 00:07:10 +00003799 :mod:`pty` module. If an error occurs :exc:`OSError` is raised.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003800
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003801 .. audit-event:: os.forkpty "" os.forkpty
3802
Phil Connellb2203002019-11-15 16:56:03 +00003803 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
3804 Calling ``forkpty()`` in a subinterpreter is no longer supported
3805 (:exc:`RuntimeError` is raised).
3806
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003807 .. availability:: some flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003808
3809
3810.. function:: kill(pid, sig)
3811
3812 .. index::
3813 single: process; killing
3814 single: process; signalling
3815
3816 Send signal *sig* to the process *pid*. Constants for the specific signals
3817 available on the host platform are defined in the :mod:`signal` module.
Brian Curtineb24d742010-04-12 17:16:38 +00003818
3819 Windows: The :data:`signal.CTRL_C_EVENT` and
3820 :data:`signal.CTRL_BREAK_EVENT` signals are special signals which can
3821 only be sent to console processes which share a common console window,
3822 e.g., some subprocesses. Any other value for *sig* will cause the process
3823 to be unconditionally killed by the TerminateProcess API, and the exit code
3824 will be set to *sig*. The Windows version of :func:`kill` additionally takes
3825 process handles to be killed.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003826
Victor Stinnerb3e72192011-05-08 01:46:11 +02003827 See also :func:`signal.pthread_kill`.
3828
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003829 .. audit-event:: os.kill pid,sig os.kill
3830
Georg Brandl67b21b72010-08-17 15:07:14 +00003831 .. versionadded:: 3.2
3832 Windows support.
Brian Curtin904bd392010-04-20 15:28:06 +00003833
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003834
3835.. function:: killpg(pgid, sig)
3836
3837 .. index::
3838 single: process; killing
3839 single: process; signalling
3840
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003841 Send the signal *sig* to the process group *pgid*.
3842
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003843 .. audit-event:: os.killpg pgid,sig os.killpg
3844
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003845 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003846
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003847
3848.. function:: nice(increment)
3849
3850 Add *increment* to the process's "niceness". Return the new niceness.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003851
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003852 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003853
3854
Benjamin Peterson6c4c45e2019-11-05 19:21:29 -08003855.. function:: pidfd_open(pid, flags=0)
3856
3857 Return a file descriptor referring to the process *pid*. This descriptor can
3858 be used to perform process management without races and signals. The *flags*
3859 argument is provided for future extensions; no flag values are currently
3860 defined.
3861
3862 See the :manpage:`pidfd_open(2)` man page for more details.
3863
3864 .. availability:: Linux 5.3+
3865 .. versionadded:: 3.9
3866
3867
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003868.. function:: plock(op)
3869
3870 Lock program segments into memory. The value of *op* (defined in
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003871 ``<sys/lock.h>``) determines which segments are locked.
3872
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003873 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003874
3875
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003876.. function:: popen(cmd, mode='r', buffering=-1)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003877
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003878 Open a pipe to or from command *cmd*.
3879 The return value is an open file object
Andrew Kuchlingf5a42922014-04-16 09:10:53 -04003880 connected to the pipe, which can be read or written depending on whether *mode*
3881 is ``'r'`` (default) or ``'w'``. The *buffering* argument has the same meaning as
3882 the corresponding argument to the built-in :func:`open` function. The
3883 returned file object reads or writes text strings rather than bytes.
3884
3885 The ``close`` method returns :const:`None` if the subprocess exited
3886 successfully, or the subprocess's return code if there was an
3887 error. On POSIX systems, if the return code is positive it
3888 represents the return value of the process left-shifted by one
3889 byte. If the return code is negative, the process was terminated
3890 by the signal given by the negated value of the return code. (For
3891 example, the return value might be ``- signal.SIGKILL`` if the
3892 subprocess was killed.) On Windows systems, the return value
3893 contains the signed integer return code from the child process.
3894
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02003895 On Unix, :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the ``close``
3896 method result (exit status) into an exit code if it is not ``None``. On
3897 Windows, the ``close`` method result is directly the exit code
3898 (or ``None``).
3899
Andrew Kuchlingf5a42922014-04-16 09:10:53 -04003900 This is implemented using :class:`subprocess.Popen`; see that class's
3901 documentation for more powerful ways to manage and communicate with
3902 subprocesses.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003903
3904
Serhiy Storchakad700f972018-09-08 14:48:18 +03003905.. function:: posix_spawn(path, argv, env, *, file_actions=None, \
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003906 setpgroup=None, resetids=False, setsid=False, setsigmask=(), \
Pablo Galindo254a4662018-09-07 16:44:24 +01003907 setsigdef=(), scheduler=None)
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003908
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003909 Wraps the :c:func:`posix_spawn` C library API for use from Python.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003910
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003911 Most users should use :func:`subprocess.run` instead of :func:`posix_spawn`.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003912
Serhiy Storchakad700f972018-09-08 14:48:18 +03003913 The positional-only arguments *path*, *args*, and *env* are similar to
3914 :func:`execve`.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003915
Tomer Cohen5b57fa62020-10-20 12:08:58 +03003916 The *path* parameter is the path to the executable file. The *path* should
3917 contain a directory. Use :func:`posix_spawnp` to pass an executable file
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03003918 without directory.
3919
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003920 The *file_actions* argument may be a sequence of tuples describing actions
3921 to take on specific file descriptors in the child process between the C
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003922 library implementation's :c:func:`fork` and :c:func:`exec` steps.
3923 The first item in each tuple must be one of the three type indicator
3924 listed below describing the remaining tuple elements:
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003925
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003926 .. data:: POSIX_SPAWN_OPEN
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003927
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003928 (``os.POSIX_SPAWN_OPEN``, *fd*, *path*, *flags*, *mode*)
3929
3930 Performs ``os.dup2(os.open(path, flags, mode), fd)``.
3931
3932 .. data:: POSIX_SPAWN_CLOSE
3933
3934 (``os.POSIX_SPAWN_CLOSE``, *fd*)
3935
3936 Performs ``os.close(fd)``.
3937
3938 .. data:: POSIX_SPAWN_DUP2
3939
3940 (``os.POSIX_SPAWN_DUP2``, *fd*, *new_fd*)
3941
3942 Performs ``os.dup2(fd, new_fd)``.
3943
3944 These tuples correspond to the C library
3945 :c:func:`posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen`,
3946 :c:func:`posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose`, and
3947 :c:func:`posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2` API calls used to prepare
3948 for the :c:func:`posix_spawn` call itself.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003949
Pablo Galindo254a4662018-09-07 16:44:24 +01003950 The *setpgroup* argument will set the process group of the child to the value
3951 specified. If the value specified is 0, the child's process group ID will be
3952 made the same as its process ID. If the value of *setpgroup* is not set, the
3953 child will inherit the parent's process group ID. This argument corresponds
3954 to the C library :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP` flag.
3955
3956 If the *resetids* argument is ``True`` it will reset the effective UID and
3957 GID of the child to the real UID and GID of the parent process. If the
3958 argument is ``False``, then the child retains the effective UID and GID of
3959 the parent. In either case, if the set-user-ID and set-group-ID permission
3960 bits are enabled on the executable file, their effect will override the
3961 setting of the effective UID and GID. This argument corresponds to the C
3962 library :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS` flag.
3963
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003964 If the *setsid* argument is ``True``, it will create a new session ID
3965 for `posix_spawn`. *setsid* requires :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSID`
3966 or :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSID_NP` flag. Otherwise, :exc:`NotImplementedError`
3967 is raised.
3968
Pablo Galindo254a4662018-09-07 16:44:24 +01003969 The *setsigmask* argument will set the signal mask to the signal set
3970 specified. If the parameter is not used, then the child inherits the
3971 parent's signal mask. This argument corresponds to the C library
3972 :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK` flag.
3973
3974 The *sigdef* argument will reset the disposition of all signals in the set
3975 specified. This argument corresponds to the C library
3976 :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF` flag.
3977
3978 The *scheduler* argument must be a tuple containing the (optional) scheduler
3979 policy and an instance of :class:`sched_param` with the scheduler parameters.
3980 A value of ``None`` in the place of the scheduler policy indicates that is
3981 not being provided. This argument is a combination of the C library
3982 :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM` and :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER`
3983 flags.
3984
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08003985 .. audit-event:: os.posix_spawn path,argv,env os.posix_spawn
3986
Mark Williams8b504002019-03-03 09:42:25 -08003987 .. versionadded:: 3.8
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003988
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003989 .. availability:: Unix.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003990
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03003991.. function:: posix_spawnp(path, argv, env, *, file_actions=None, \
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003992 setpgroup=None, resetids=False, setsid=False, setsigmask=(), \
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03003993 setsigdef=(), scheduler=None)
3994
3995 Wraps the :c:func:`posix_spawnp` C library API for use from Python.
3996
3997 Similar to :func:`posix_spawn` except that the system searches
3998 for the *executable* file in the list of directories specified by the
3999 :envvar:`PATH` environment variable (in the same way as for ``execvp(3)``).
4000
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08004001 .. audit-event:: os.posix_spawn path,argv,env os.posix_spawnp
4002
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03004003 .. versionadded:: 3.8
4004
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03004005 .. availability:: See :func:`posix_spawn` documentation.
4006
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03004007
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07004008.. function:: register_at_fork(*, before=None, after_in_parent=None, \
4009 after_in_child=None)
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02004010
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07004011 Register callables to be executed when a new child process is forked
4012 using :func:`os.fork` or similar process cloning APIs.
4013 The parameters are optional and keyword-only.
4014 Each specifies a different call point.
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02004015
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07004016 * *before* is a function called before forking a child process.
4017 * *after_in_parent* is a function called from the parent process
4018 after forking a child process.
4019 * *after_in_child* is a function called from the child process.
4020
4021 These calls are only made if control is expected to return to the
4022 Python interpreter. A typical :mod:`subprocess` launch will not
4023 trigger them as the child is not going to re-enter the interpreter.
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02004024
4025 Functions registered for execution before forking are called in
4026 reverse registration order. Functions registered for execution
4027 after forking (either in the parent or in the child) are called
4028 in registration order.
4029
4030 Note that :c:func:`fork` calls made by third-party C code may not
4031 call those functions, unless it explicitly calls :c:func:`PyOS_BeforeFork`,
4032 :c:func:`PyOS_AfterFork_Parent` and :c:func:`PyOS_AfterFork_Child`.
4033
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07004034 There is no way to unregister a function.
4035
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004036 .. availability:: Unix.
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02004037
4038 .. versionadded:: 3.7
4039
4040
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004041.. function:: spawnl(mode, path, ...)
4042 spawnle(mode, path, ..., env)
4043 spawnlp(mode, file, ...)
4044 spawnlpe(mode, file, ..., env)
4045 spawnv(mode, path, args)
4046 spawnve(mode, path, args, env)
4047 spawnvp(mode, file, args)
4048 spawnvpe(mode, file, args, env)
4049
4050 Execute the program *path* in a new process.
4051
4052 (Note that the :mod:`subprocess` module provides more powerful facilities for
4053 spawning new processes and retrieving their results; using that module is
Benjamin Peterson87c8d872009-06-11 22:54:11 +00004054 preferable to using these functions. Check especially the
4055 :ref:`subprocess-replacements` section.)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004056
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004057 If *mode* is :const:`P_NOWAIT`, this function returns the process id of the new
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004058 process; if *mode* is :const:`P_WAIT`, returns the process's exit code if it
4059 exits normally, or ``-signal``, where *signal* is the signal that killed the
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004060 process. On Windows, the process id will actually be the process handle, so can
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004061 be used with the :func:`waitpid` function.
4062
pxinwrf2d7ac72019-05-21 18:46:37 +08004063 Note on VxWorks, this function doesn't return ``-signal`` when the new process is
4064 killed. Instead it raises OSError exception.
4065
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004066 The "l" and "v" variants of the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` functions differ in how
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004067 command-line arguments are passed. The "l" variants are perhaps the easiest
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004068 to work with if the number of parameters is fixed when the code is written; the
4069 individual parameters simply become additional parameters to the
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004070 :func:`spawnl\*` functions. The "v" variants are good when the number of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004071 parameters is variable, with the arguments being passed in a list or tuple as
4072 the *args* parameter. In either case, the arguments to the child process must
4073 start with the name of the command being run.
4074
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004075 The variants which include a second "p" near the end (:func:`spawnlp`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004076 :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnvp`, and :func:`spawnvpe`) will use the
4077 :envvar:`PATH` environment variable to locate the program *file*. When the
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004078 environment is being replaced (using one of the :func:`spawn\*e <spawnl>` variants,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004079 discussed in the next paragraph), the new environment is used as the source of
4080 the :envvar:`PATH` variable. The other variants, :func:`spawnl`,
4081 :func:`spawnle`, :func:`spawnv`, and :func:`spawnve`, will not use the
4082 :envvar:`PATH` variable to locate the executable; *path* must contain an
4083 appropriate absolute or relative path.
4084
4085 For :func:`spawnle`, :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnve`, and :func:`spawnvpe`
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004086 (note that these all end in "e"), the *env* parameter must be a mapping
Christian Heimesa342c012008-04-20 21:01:16 +00004087 which is used to define the environment variables for the new process (they are
4088 used instead of the current process' environment); the functions
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004089 :func:`spawnl`, :func:`spawnlp`, :func:`spawnv`, and :func:`spawnvp` all cause
Benjamin Petersond23f8222009-04-05 19:13:16 +00004090 the new process to inherit the environment of the current process. Note that
4091 keys and values in the *env* dictionary must be strings; invalid keys or
4092 values will cause the function to fail, with a return value of ``127``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004093
4094 As an example, the following calls to :func:`spawnlp` and :func:`spawnvpe` are
4095 equivalent::
4096
4097 import os
4098 os.spawnlp(os.P_WAIT, 'cp', 'cp', 'index.html', '/dev/null')
4099
4100 L = ['cp', 'index.html', '/dev/null']
4101 os.spawnvpe(os.P_WAIT, 'cp', L, os.environ)
4102
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08004103 .. audit-event:: os.spawn mode,path,args,env os.spawnl
4104
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004105 .. availability:: Unix, Windows. :func:`spawnlp`, :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnvp`
4106 and :func:`spawnvpe` are not available on Windows. :func:`spawnle` and
4107 :func:`spawnve` are not thread-safe on Windows; we advise you to use the
4108 :mod:`subprocess` module instead.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004109
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07004110 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
4111 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
4112
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004113
4114.. data:: P_NOWAIT
4115 P_NOWAITO
4116
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004117 Possible values for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004118 functions. If either of these values is given, the :func:`spawn\*` functions
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004119 will return as soon as the new process has been created, with the process id as
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004120 the return value.
4121
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004122 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004123
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004124
4125.. data:: P_WAIT
4126
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004127 Possible value for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004128 functions. If this is given as *mode*, the :func:`spawn\*` functions will not
4129 return until the new process has run to completion and will return the exit code
4130 of the process the run is successful, or ``-signal`` if a signal kills the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004131 process.
4132
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004133 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004134
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004135
4136.. data:: P_DETACH
4137 P_OVERLAY
4138
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004139 Possible values for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004140 functions. These are less portable than those listed above. :const:`P_DETACH`
4141 is similar to :const:`P_NOWAIT`, but the new process is detached from the
4142 console of the calling process. If :const:`P_OVERLAY` is used, the current
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004143 process will be replaced; the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` function will not return.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004144
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004145 .. availability:: Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004146
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004147
4148.. function:: startfile(path[, operation])
4149
4150 Start a file with its associated application.
4151
4152 When *operation* is not specified or ``'open'``, this acts like double-clicking
4153 the file in Windows Explorer, or giving the file name as an argument to the
4154 :program:`start` command from the interactive command shell: the file is opened
4155 with whatever application (if any) its extension is associated.
4156
4157 When another *operation* is given, it must be a "command verb" that specifies
4158 what should be done with the file. Common verbs documented by Microsoft are
4159 ``'print'`` and ``'edit'`` (to be used on files) as well as ``'explore'`` and
4160 ``'find'`` (to be used on directories).
4161
4162 :func:`startfile` returns as soon as the associated application is launched.
4163 There is no option to wait for the application to close, and no way to retrieve
4164 the application's exit status. The *path* parameter is relative to the current
4165 directory. If you want to use an absolute path, make sure the first character
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00004166 is not a slash (``'/'``); the underlying Win32 :c:func:`ShellExecute` function
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004167 doesn't work if it is. Use the :func:`os.path.normpath` function to ensure that
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004168 the path is properly encoded for Win32.
4169
Steve Dower7d0e0c92015-01-24 08:18:24 -08004170 To reduce interpreter startup overhead, the Win32 :c:func:`ShellExecute`
4171 function is not resolved until this function is first called. If the function
4172 cannot be resolved, :exc:`NotImplementedError` will be raised.
4173
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08004174 .. audit-event:: os.startfile path,operation os.startfile
4175
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004176 .. availability:: Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004177
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004178
4179.. function:: system(command)
4180
4181 Execute the command (a string) in a subshell. This is implemented by calling
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00004182 the Standard C function :c:func:`system`, and has the same limitations.
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004183 Changes to :data:`sys.stdin`, etc. are not reflected in the environment of
4184 the executed command. If *command* generates any output, it will be sent to
4185 the interpreter standard output stream.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004186
4187 On Unix, the return value is the exit status of the process encoded in the
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004188 format specified for :func:`wait`. Note that POSIX does not specify the
4189 meaning of the return value of the C :c:func:`system` function, so the return
4190 value of the Python function is system-dependent.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004191
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004192 On Windows, the return value is that returned by the system shell after
4193 running *command*. The shell is given by the Windows environment variable
4194 :envvar:`COMSPEC`: it is usually :program:`cmd.exe`, which returns the exit
4195 status of the command run; on systems using a non-native shell, consult your
4196 shell documentation.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004197
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004198 The :mod:`subprocess` module provides more powerful facilities for spawning
4199 new processes and retrieving their results; using that module is preferable
4200 to using this function. See the :ref:`subprocess-replacements` section in
4201 the :mod:`subprocess` documentation for some helpful recipes.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004202
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004203 On Unix, :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the result
4204 (exit status) into an exit code. On Windows, the result is directly the exit
4205 code.
4206
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07004207 .. audit-event:: os.system command os.system
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -07004208
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004209 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004210
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004211
4212.. function:: times()
4213
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -07004214 Returns the current global process times.
4215 The return value is an object with five attributes:
4216
4217 * :attr:`user` - user time
4218 * :attr:`system` - system time
4219 * :attr:`children_user` - user time of all child processes
4220 * :attr:`children_system` - system time of all child processes
4221 * :attr:`elapsed` - elapsed real time since a fixed point in the past
4222
4223 For backwards compatibility, this object also behaves like a five-tuple
4224 containing :attr:`user`, :attr:`system`, :attr:`children_user`,
4225 :attr:`children_system`, and :attr:`elapsed` in that order.
4226
4227 See the Unix manual page
Joannah Nanjekye3ccdbc32019-09-07 04:05:29 -03004228 :manpage:`times(2)` and :manpage:`times(3)` manual page on Unix or `the GetProcessTimes MSDN
Roger Hurwitz37c55b22020-02-10 14:50:19 -08004229 <https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/win32/api/processthreadsapi/nf-processthreadsapi-getprocesstimes>`_
4230 on Windows. On Windows, only :attr:`user` and :attr:`system` are known; the other attributes are zero.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004231
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004232 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004233
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -07004234 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
4235 Return type changed from a tuple to a tuple-like object
4236 with named attributes.
4237
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004238
4239.. function:: wait()
4240
4241 Wait for completion of a child process, and return a tuple containing its pid
4242 and exit status indication: a 16-bit number, whose low byte is the signal number
4243 that killed the process, and whose high byte is the exit status (if the signal
4244 number is zero); the high bit of the low byte is set if a core file was
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004245 produced.
4246
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004247 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4248 exit code.
4249
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004250 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004251
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004252 .. seealso::
4253
4254 :func:`waitpid` can be used to wait for the completion of a specific
4255 child process and has more options.
4256
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004257.. function:: waitid(idtype, id, options)
4258
4259 Wait for the completion of one or more child processes.
Benjamin Peterson5c0c3252019-11-05 21:58:31 -08004260 *idtype* can be :data:`P_PID`, :data:`P_PGID`, :data:`P_ALL`, or
4261 :data:`P_PIDFD` on Linux.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004262 *id* specifies the pid to wait on.
4263 *options* is constructed from the ORing of one or more of :data:`WEXITED`,
4264 :data:`WSTOPPED` or :data:`WCONTINUED` and additionally may be ORed with
4265 :data:`WNOHANG` or :data:`WNOWAIT`. The return value is an object
4266 representing the data contained in the :c:type:`siginfo_t` structure, namely:
4267 :attr:`si_pid`, :attr:`si_uid`, :attr:`si_signo`, :attr:`si_status`,
4268 :attr:`si_code` or ``None`` if :data:`WNOHANG` is specified and there are no
4269 children in a waitable state.
4270
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004271 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004272
4273 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4274
4275.. data:: P_PID
4276 P_PGID
4277 P_ALL
4278
4279 These are the possible values for *idtype* in :func:`waitid`. They affect
4280 how *id* is interpreted.
4281
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004282 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004283
4284 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4285
Benjamin Peterson5c0c3252019-11-05 21:58:31 -08004286.. data:: P_PIDFD
4287
4288 This is a Linux-specific *idtype* that indicates that *id* is a file
4289 descriptor that refers to a process.
4290
4291 .. availability:: Linux 5.4+
4292
4293 .. versionadded:: 3.9
4294
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004295.. data:: WEXITED
4296 WSTOPPED
4297 WNOWAIT
4298
4299 Flags that can be used in *options* in :func:`waitid` that specify what
4300 child signal to wait for.
4301
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004302 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004303
4304 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4305
4306
4307.. data:: CLD_EXITED
Dong-hee Na2eba6ad2019-10-21 16:01:05 +09004308 CLD_KILLED
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004309 CLD_DUMPED
4310 CLD_TRAPPED
Dong-hee Na2eba6ad2019-10-21 16:01:05 +09004311 CLD_STOPPED
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004312 CLD_CONTINUED
4313
4314 These are the possible values for :attr:`si_code` in the result returned by
4315 :func:`waitid`.
4316
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004317 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004318
4319 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4320
Dong-hee Na2eba6ad2019-10-21 16:01:05 +09004321 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
4322 Added :data:`CLD_KILLED` and :data:`CLD_STOPPED` values.
4323
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004324
4325.. function:: waitpid(pid, options)
4326
4327 The details of this function differ on Unix and Windows.
4328
4329 On Unix: Wait for completion of a child process given by process id *pid*, and
4330 return a tuple containing its process id and exit status indication (encoded as
4331 for :func:`wait`). The semantics of the call are affected by the value of the
4332 integer *options*, which should be ``0`` for normal operation.
4333
4334 If *pid* is greater than ``0``, :func:`waitpid` requests status information for
4335 that specific process. If *pid* is ``0``, the request is for the status of any
4336 child in the process group of the current process. If *pid* is ``-1``, the
4337 request pertains to any child of the current process. If *pid* is less than
4338 ``-1``, status is requested for any process in the process group ``-pid`` (the
4339 absolute value of *pid*).
4340
Benjamin Peterson4cd6a952008-08-17 20:23:46 +00004341 An :exc:`OSError` is raised with the value of errno when the syscall
4342 returns -1.
4343
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004344 On Windows: Wait for completion of a process given by process handle *pid*, and
4345 return a tuple containing *pid*, and its exit status shifted left by 8 bits
4346 (shifting makes cross-platform use of the function easier). A *pid* less than or
4347 equal to ``0`` has no special meaning on Windows, and raises an exception. The
4348 value of integer *options* has no effect. *pid* can refer to any process whose
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004349 id is known, not necessarily a child process. The :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>`
4350 functions called with :const:`P_NOWAIT` return suitable process handles.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004351
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004352 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4353 exit code.
4354
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01004355 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02004356 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01004357 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
4358 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
4359
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004360
Ezio Melottiba4d8ed2012-11-23 19:45:52 +02004361.. function:: wait3(options)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004362
4363 Similar to :func:`waitpid`, except no process id argument is given and a
Serhiy Storchaka3f819ca2018-10-31 02:26:06 +02004364 3-element tuple containing the child's process id, exit status indication,
4365 and resource usage information is returned. Refer to
4366 :mod:`resource`.\ :func:`~resource.getrusage` for details on resource usage
4367 information. The option argument is the same as that provided to
4368 :func:`waitpid` and :func:`wait4`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004369
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004370 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4371 exitcode.
4372
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004373 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004374
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004375
Victor Stinner4195b5c2012-02-08 23:03:19 +01004376.. function:: wait4(pid, options)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004377
4378 Similar to :func:`waitpid`, except a 3-element tuple, containing the child's
4379 process id, exit status indication, and resource usage information is returned.
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004380 Refer to :mod:`resource`.\ :func:`~resource.getrusage` for details on
4381 resource usage information. The arguments to :func:`wait4` are the same
4382 as those provided to :func:`waitpid`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004383
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004384 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4385 exitcode.
4386
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004387 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004388
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004389
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004390.. function:: waitstatus_to_exitcode(status)
4391
4392 Convert a wait status to an exit code.
4393
4394 On Unix:
4395
4396 * If the process exited normally (if ``WIFEXITED(status)`` is true),
4397 return the process exit status (return ``WEXITSTATUS(status)``):
4398 result greater than or equal to 0.
4399 * If the process was terminated by a signal (if ``WIFSIGNALED(status)`` is
4400 true), return ``-signum`` where *signum* is the number of the signal that
4401 caused the process to terminate (return ``-WTERMSIG(status)``):
4402 result less than 0.
4403 * Otherwise, raise a :exc:`ValueError`.
4404
4405 On Windows, return *status* shifted right by 8 bits.
4406
4407 On Unix, if the process is being traced or if :func:`waitpid` was called
4408 with :data:`WUNTRACED` option, the caller must first check if
4409 ``WIFSTOPPED(status)`` is true. This function must not be called if
4410 ``WIFSTOPPED(status)`` is true.
4411
4412 .. seealso::
4413
4414 :func:`WIFEXITED`, :func:`WEXITSTATUS`, :func:`WIFSIGNALED`,
4415 :func:`WTERMSIG`, :func:`WIFSTOPPED`, :func:`WSTOPSIG` functions.
4416
4417 .. versionadded:: 3.9
4418
4419
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004420.. data:: WNOHANG
4421
4422 The option for :func:`waitpid` to return immediately if no child process status
4423 is available immediately. The function returns ``(0, 0)`` in this case.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004424
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004425 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004426
4427
4428.. data:: WCONTINUED
4429
4430 This option causes child processes to be reported if they have been continued
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004431 from a job control stop since their status was last reported.
4432
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004433 .. availability:: some Unix systems.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004434
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004435
4436.. data:: WUNTRACED
4437
4438 This option causes child processes to be reported if they have been stopped but
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004439 their current state has not been reported since they were stopped.
4440
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004441 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004442
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004443
4444The following functions take a process status code as returned by
4445:func:`system`, :func:`wait`, or :func:`waitpid` as a parameter. They may be
4446used to determine the disposition of a process.
4447
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004448.. function:: WCOREDUMP(status)
4449
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004450 Return ``True`` if a core dump was generated for the process, otherwise
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004451 return ``False``.
4452
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004453 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFSIGNALED` is true.
4454
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004455 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004456
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004457
4458.. function:: WIFCONTINUED(status)
4459
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004460 Return ``True`` if a stopped child has been resumed by delivery of
4461 :data:`~signal.SIGCONT` (if the process has been continued from a job
4462 control stop), otherwise return ``False``.
4463
4464 See :data:`WCONTINUED` option.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004465
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004466 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004467
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004468
4469.. function:: WIFSTOPPED(status)
4470
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004471 Return ``True`` if the process was stopped by delivery of a signal,
4472 otherwise return ``False``.
4473
4474 :func:`WIFSTOPPED` only returns ``True`` if the :func:`waitpid` call was
4475 done using :data:`WUNTRACED` option or when the process is being traced (see
4476 :manpage:`ptrace(2)`).
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004477
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004478 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004479
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004480.. function:: WIFSIGNALED(status)
4481
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004482 Return ``True`` if the process was terminated by a signal, otherwise return
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004483 ``False``.
4484
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004485 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004486
4487
4488.. function:: WIFEXITED(status)
4489
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004490 Return ``True`` if the process exited terminated normally, that is,
4491 by calling ``exit()`` or ``_exit()``, or by returning from ``main()``;
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004492 otherwise return ``False``.
4493
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004494 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004495
4496
4497.. function:: WEXITSTATUS(status)
4498
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004499 Return the process exit status.
4500
4501 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFEXITED` is true.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004502
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004503 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004504
4505
4506.. function:: WSTOPSIG(status)
4507
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004508 Return the signal which caused the process to stop.
4509
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004510 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFSTOPPED` is true.
4511
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004512 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004513
4514
4515.. function:: WTERMSIG(status)
4516
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004517 Return the number of the signal that caused the process to terminate.
4518
4519 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFSIGNALED` is true.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004520
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004521 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004522
4523
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004524Interface to the scheduler
4525--------------------------
4526
4527These functions control how a process is allocated CPU time by the operating
4528system. They are only available on some Unix platforms. For more detailed
4529information, consult your Unix manpages.
4530
4531.. versionadded:: 3.3
4532
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04004533The following scheduling policies are exposed if they are supported by the
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004534operating system.
4535
4536.. data:: SCHED_OTHER
4537
4538 The default scheduling policy.
4539
4540.. data:: SCHED_BATCH
4541
4542 Scheduling policy for CPU-intensive processes that tries to preserve
4543 interactivity on the rest of the computer.
4544
4545.. data:: SCHED_IDLE
4546
4547 Scheduling policy for extremely low priority background tasks.
4548
4549.. data:: SCHED_SPORADIC
4550
4551 Scheduling policy for sporadic server programs.
4552
4553.. data:: SCHED_FIFO
4554
4555 A First In First Out scheduling policy.
4556
4557.. data:: SCHED_RR
4558
4559 A round-robin scheduling policy.
4560
4561.. data:: SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK
4562
Martin Panter8d56c022016-05-29 04:13:35 +00004563 This flag can be OR'ed with any other scheduling policy. When a process with
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004564 this flag set forks, its child's scheduling policy and priority are reset to
4565 the default.
4566
4567
4568.. class:: sched_param(sched_priority)
4569
4570 This class represents tunable scheduling parameters used in
4571 :func:`sched_setparam`, :func:`sched_setscheduler`, and
4572 :func:`sched_getparam`. It is immutable.
4573
4574 At the moment, there is only one possible parameter:
4575
4576 .. attribute:: sched_priority
4577
4578 The scheduling priority for a scheduling policy.
4579
4580
4581.. function:: sched_get_priority_min(policy)
4582
4583 Get the minimum priority value for *policy*. *policy* is one of the
4584 scheduling policy constants above.
4585
4586
4587.. function:: sched_get_priority_max(policy)
4588
4589 Get the maximum priority value for *policy*. *policy* is one of the
4590 scheduling policy constants above.
4591
4592
4593.. function:: sched_setscheduler(pid, policy, param)
4594
4595 Set the scheduling policy for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means
4596 the calling process. *policy* is one of the scheduling policy constants
4597 above. *param* is a :class:`sched_param` instance.
4598
4599
4600.. function:: sched_getscheduler(pid)
4601
4602 Return the scheduling policy for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0
4603 means the calling process. The result is one of the scheduling policy
4604 constants above.
4605
4606
4607.. function:: sched_setparam(pid, param)
4608
4609 Set a scheduling parameters for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means
4610 the calling process. *param* is a :class:`sched_param` instance.
4611
4612
4613.. function:: sched_getparam(pid)
4614
4615 Return the scheduling parameters as a :class:`sched_param` instance for the
4616 process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means the calling process.
4617
4618
4619.. function:: sched_rr_get_interval(pid)
4620
4621 Return the round-robin quantum in seconds for the process with PID *pid*. A
4622 *pid* of 0 means the calling process.
4623
4624
4625.. function:: sched_yield()
4626
4627 Voluntarily relinquish the CPU.
4628
4629
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004630.. function:: sched_setaffinity(pid, mask)
4631
Antoine Pitrou84869872012-08-04 16:16:35 +02004632 Restrict the process with PID *pid* (or the current process if zero) to a
4633 set of CPUs. *mask* is an iterable of integers representing the set of
4634 CPUs to which the process should be restricted.
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004635
4636
Antoine Pitrou84869872012-08-04 16:16:35 +02004637.. function:: sched_getaffinity(pid)
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004638
Antoine Pitrou84869872012-08-04 16:16:35 +02004639 Return the set of CPUs the process with PID *pid* (or the current process
4640 if zero) is restricted to.
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004641
4642
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004643.. _os-path:
4644
4645Miscellaneous System Information
4646--------------------------------
4647
4648
4649.. function:: confstr(name)
4650
4651 Return string-valued system configuration values. *name* specifies the
4652 configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the name of a
4653 defined system value; these names are specified in a number of standards (POSIX,
4654 Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define additional names as well.
4655 The names known to the host operating system are given as the keys of the
4656 ``confstr_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not included in that
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004657 mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004658
4659 If the configuration value specified by *name* isn't defined, ``None`` is
4660 returned.
4661
4662 If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a
4663 specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is
4664 included in ``confstr_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
4665 :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number.
4666
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004667 .. availability:: Unix.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004668
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004669
4670.. data:: confstr_names
4671
4672 Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`confstr` to the integer values
4673 defined for those names by the host operating system. This can be used to
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004674 determine the set of names known to the system.
4675
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004676 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004677
4678
Charles-Francois Natali44feda32013-05-20 14:40:46 +02004679.. function:: cpu_count()
4680
Serhiy Storchakaecf41da2016-10-19 16:29:26 +03004681 Return the number of CPUs in the system. Returns ``None`` if undetermined.
Charles-Francois Natali44feda32013-05-20 14:40:46 +02004682
Charles-François Natalidc87e4b2015-07-13 21:01:39 +01004683 This number is not equivalent to the number of CPUs the current process can
4684 use. The number of usable CPUs can be obtained with
4685 ``len(os.sched_getaffinity(0))``
4686
4687
Charles-Francois Natali44feda32013-05-20 14:40:46 +02004688 .. versionadded:: 3.4
4689
4690
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004691.. function:: getloadavg()
4692
Christian Heimesa62da1d2008-01-12 19:39:10 +00004693 Return the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over the last
4694 1, 5, and 15 minutes or raises :exc:`OSError` if the load average was
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004695 unobtainable.
4696
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004697 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004698
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004699
4700.. function:: sysconf(name)
4701
4702 Return integer-valued system configuration values. If the configuration value
4703 specified by *name* isn't defined, ``-1`` is returned. The comments regarding
4704 the *name* parameter for :func:`confstr` apply here as well; the dictionary that
4705 provides information on the known names is given by ``sysconf_names``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004706
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004707 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004708
4709
4710.. data:: sysconf_names
4711
4712 Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`sysconf` to the integer values
4713 defined for those names by the host operating system. This can be used to
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004714 determine the set of names known to the system.
4715
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004716 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004717
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004718The following data values are used to support path manipulation operations. These
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004719are defined for all platforms.
4720
4721Higher-level operations on pathnames are defined in the :mod:`os.path` module.
4722
4723
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004724.. index:: single: . (dot); in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004725.. data:: curdir
4726
4727 The constant string used by the operating system to refer to the current
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004728 directory. This is ``'.'`` for Windows and POSIX. Also available via
4729 :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004730
4731
Serhiy Storchakaddb961d2018-10-26 09:00:49 +03004732.. index:: single: ..; in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004733.. data:: pardir
4734
4735 The constant string used by the operating system to refer to the parent
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004736 directory. This is ``'..'`` for Windows and POSIX. Also available via
4737 :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004738
4739
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004740.. index:: single: / (slash); in pathnames
4741.. index:: single: \ (backslash); in pathnames (Windows)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004742.. data:: sep
4743
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004744 The character used by the operating system to separate pathname components.
4745 This is ``'/'`` for POSIX and ``'\\'`` for Windows. Note that knowing this
4746 is not sufficient to be able to parse or concatenate pathnames --- use
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004747 :func:`os.path.split` and :func:`os.path.join` --- but it is occasionally
4748 useful. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
4749
4750
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004751.. index:: single: / (slash); in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004752.. data:: altsep
4753
4754 An alternative character used by the operating system to separate pathname
4755 components, or ``None`` if only one separator character exists. This is set to
4756 ``'/'`` on Windows systems where ``sep`` is a backslash. Also available via
4757 :mod:`os.path`.
4758
4759
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004760.. index:: single: . (dot); in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004761.. data:: extsep
4762
4763 The character which separates the base filename from the extension; for example,
4764 the ``'.'`` in :file:`os.py`. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
4765
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004766
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004767.. index:: single: : (colon); path separator (POSIX)
4768 single: ; (semicolon)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004769.. data:: pathsep
4770
4771 The character conventionally used by the operating system to separate search
4772 path components (as in :envvar:`PATH`), such as ``':'`` for POSIX or ``';'`` for
4773 Windows. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
4774
4775
4776.. data:: defpath
4777
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004778 The default search path used by :func:`exec\*p\* <execl>` and
4779 :func:`spawn\*p\* <spawnl>` if the environment doesn't have a ``'PATH'``
4780 key. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004781
4782
4783.. data:: linesep
4784
4785 The string used to separate (or, rather, terminate) lines on the current
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004786 platform. This may be a single character, such as ``'\n'`` for POSIX, or
4787 multiple characters, for example, ``'\r\n'`` for Windows. Do not use
4788 *os.linesep* as a line terminator when writing files opened in text mode (the
4789 default); use a single ``'\n'`` instead, on all platforms.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004790
4791
4792.. data:: devnull
4793
Georg Brandl850a9902010-05-21 22:04:32 +00004794 The file path of the null device. For example: ``'/dev/null'`` for
4795 POSIX, ``'nul'`` for Windows. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004796
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04004797.. data:: RTLD_LAZY
4798 RTLD_NOW
4799 RTLD_GLOBAL
4800 RTLD_LOCAL
4801 RTLD_NODELETE
4802 RTLD_NOLOAD
4803 RTLD_DEEPBIND
4804
4805 Flags for use with the :func:`~sys.setdlopenflags` and
4806 :func:`~sys.getdlopenflags` functions. See the Unix manual page
4807 :manpage:`dlopen(3)` for what the different flags mean.
4808
4809 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004810
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004811
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004812Random numbers
4813--------------
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004814
4815
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004816.. function:: getrandom(size, flags=0)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004817
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004818 Get up to *size* random bytes. The function can return less bytes than
4819 requested.
4820
4821 These bytes can be used to seed user-space random number generators or for
4822 cryptographic purposes.
4823
4824 ``getrandom()`` relies on entropy gathered from device drivers and other
4825 sources of environmental noise. Unnecessarily reading large quantities of
4826 data will have a negative impact on other users of the ``/dev/random`` and
4827 ``/dev/urandom`` devices.
4828
4829 The flags argument is a bit mask that can contain zero or more of the
4830 following values ORed together: :py:data:`os.GRND_RANDOM` and
4831 :py:data:`GRND_NONBLOCK`.
4832
4833 See also the `Linux getrandom() manual page
4834 <http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/getrandom.2.html>`_.
4835
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004836 .. availability:: Linux 3.17 and newer.
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004837
4838 .. versionadded:: 3.6
4839
4840.. function:: urandom(size)
4841
4842 Return a string of *size* random bytes suitable for cryptographic use.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004843
4844 This function returns random bytes from an OS-specific randomness source. The
4845 returned data should be unpredictable enough for cryptographic applications,
Victor Stinnerdddf4842016-06-07 11:21:42 +02004846 though its exact quality depends on the OS implementation.
4847
Victor Stinnere66987e2016-09-06 16:33:52 -07004848 On Linux, if the ``getrandom()`` syscall is available, it is used in
4849 blocking mode: block until the system urandom entropy pool is initialized
4850 (128 bits of entropy are collected by the kernel). See the :pep:`524` for
4851 the rationale. On Linux, the :func:`getrandom` function can be used to get
4852 random bytes in non-blocking mode (using the :data:`GRND_NONBLOCK` flag) or
4853 to poll until the system urandom entropy pool is initialized.
Andrew Svetlov03cb99c2012-10-16 13:15:06 +03004854
Victor Stinnere66987e2016-09-06 16:33:52 -07004855 On a Unix-like system, random bytes are read from the ``/dev/urandom``
4856 device. If the ``/dev/urandom`` device is not available or not readable, the
4857 :exc:`NotImplementedError` exception is raised.
4858
4859 On Windows, it will use ``CryptGenRandom()``.
4860
4861 .. seealso::
4862 The :mod:`secrets` module provides higher level functions. For an
4863 easy-to-use interface to the random number generator provided by your
4864 platform, please see :class:`random.SystemRandom`.
4865
4866 .. versionchanged:: 3.6.0
4867 On Linux, ``getrandom()`` is now used in blocking mode to increase the
4868 security.
Victor Stinnerace88482015-07-29 02:28:32 +02004869
Victor Stinnerdddf4842016-06-07 11:21:42 +02004870 .. versionchanged:: 3.5.2
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004871 On Linux, if the ``getrandom()`` syscall blocks (the urandom entropy pool
4872 is not initialized yet), fall back on reading ``/dev/urandom``.
Victor Stinnerdddf4842016-06-07 11:21:42 +02004873
Victor Stinnerace88482015-07-29 02:28:32 +02004874 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
4875 On Linux 3.17 and newer, the ``getrandom()`` syscall is now used
4876 when available. On OpenBSD 5.6 and newer, the C ``getentropy()``
4877 function is now used. These functions avoid the usage of an internal file
4878 descriptor.
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004879
4880.. data:: GRND_NONBLOCK
4881
4882 By default, when reading from ``/dev/random``, :func:`getrandom` blocks if
4883 no random bytes are available, and when reading from ``/dev/urandom``, it blocks
4884 if the entropy pool has not yet been initialized.
4885
4886 If the :py:data:`GRND_NONBLOCK` flag is set, then :func:`getrandom` does not
4887 block in these cases, but instead immediately raises :exc:`BlockingIOError`.
4888
4889 .. versionadded:: 3.6
4890
4891.. data:: GRND_RANDOM
4892
4893 If this bit is set, then random bytes are drawn from the
4894 ``/dev/random`` pool instead of the ``/dev/urandom`` pool.
4895
4896 .. versionadded:: 3.6